Merge branch 'MDL-62388_master' of git://github.com/dmonllao/moodle
[moodle.git] / lib / moodlelib.php
blobcb3ab9970a93376ffd9382ab23af160f183b8f0f
1 <?php
2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
3 //
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
8 //
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17 /**
18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
21 * Other main libraries:
22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output
23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database
25 * @package core
26 * @subpackage lib
27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die();
33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).
35 // Date and time constants.
36 /**
37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000);
41 /**
42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800);
46 /**
47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
49 define('DAYSECS', 86400);
51 /**
52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
54 define('HOURSECS', 3600);
56 /**
57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
59 define('MINSECS', 60);
61 /**
62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
64 define('DAYMINS', 1440);
66 /**
67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
69 define('HOURMINS', 60);
71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.
74 /**
75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only english ascii letters a-zA-Z.
77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha');
79 /**
80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext');
85 /**
86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers and letters only.
88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum');
90 /**
91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers, letters only and _-.
93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext');
95 /**
96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth');
101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64');
106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool');
111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability');
117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when receiving
119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitise the HTML
120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml');
126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email');
131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file');
136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
140 * Instead, do something like
141 * $rawvalue = required_param('name', PARAM_RAW);
142 * // ... other code including require_login, which sets current lang ...
143 * $realvalue = unformat_float($rawvalue);
144 * // ... then use $realvalue
146 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float');
149 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
151 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host');
154 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
156 define('PARAM_INT', 'int');
159 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
161 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang');
164 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
165 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
167 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl');
170 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
172 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags');
175 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
176 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
178 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path');
181 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
183 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem');
186 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
188 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission');
191 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
193 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw');
196 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
198 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed');
201 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
203 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir');
206 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths, etc.
208 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath');
211 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only.
213 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence');
216 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
218 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag');
221 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
223 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist');
226 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
228 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text');
231 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
233 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme');
236 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
237 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
239 define('PARAM_URL', 'url');
242 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
243 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
245 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username');
248 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
250 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid');
252 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
254 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
255 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
256 * @deprecated since 2.0
258 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean');
261 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
262 * @deprecated since 2.0
264 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int');
267 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
268 * @deprecated since 2.0
270 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float');
273 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
274 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
275 * @deprecated since 2.0
277 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext');
280 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
281 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
282 * @deprecated since 2.0
284 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext');
287 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
288 * @deprecated since 2.0
290 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text');
293 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
294 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
295 * America/Port-au-Prince)
297 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone');
300 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
302 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file');
305 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
306 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
307 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
308 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
310 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component');
313 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
314 * It is usually used together with context id and component.
315 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
317 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area');
320 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
321 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
322 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
324 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin');
327 // Web Services.
330 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
332 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);
335 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
337 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);
340 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
342 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);
345 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
347 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);
350 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
352 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);
354 // Page types.
357 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
359 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');
361 /** Get remote addr constant */
362 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
363 /** Get remote addr constant */
364 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
366 // Blog access level constant declaration.
367 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
368 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
369 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
370 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
371 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);
374 // Tag constants.
376 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
377 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
378 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
380 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
382 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);
384 // Password policy constants.
385 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
386 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
387 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
388 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');
390 // Feature constants.
391 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.
393 /** True if module can provide a grade */
394 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
395 /** True if module supports outcomes */
396 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
397 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
398 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
399 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
400 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
401 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
402 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');
404 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
405 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
406 /** True if module has custom completion rules */
407 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');
409 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
410 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
411 /** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */
412 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
413 /** True if module supports groups */
414 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
415 /** True if module supports groupings */
416 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
418 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists)
419 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8
421 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');
423 /** Type of module */
424 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
425 /** True if module supports intro editor */
426 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
427 /** True if module has default completion */
428 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');
430 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');
432 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
433 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
434 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');
436 /** True if module can show description on course main page */
437 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');
439 /** True if module uses the question bank */
440 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');
443 * Maximum filename char size
445 define('MAX_FILENAME_SIZE', 100);
447 /** Unspecified module archetype */
448 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
449 /** Resource-like type module */
450 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
451 /** Assignment module archetype */
452 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
453 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
454 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);
457 * Return this from modname_get_types callback to use default display in activity chooser.
458 * Deprecated, will be removed in 3.5, TODO MDL-53697.
459 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.1
461 define('MOD_SUBTYPE_NO_CHILDREN', 'modsubtypenochildren');
464 * Security token used for allowing access
465 * from external application such as web services.
466 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
467 * low because we need to load access info in each request.
468 * Scripts are executed in parallel.
470 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);
473 * Security token used for allowing access
474 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
475 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
476 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
478 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);
481 * The home page should be the site home
483 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
485 * The home page should be the users my page
487 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
489 * The home page can be chosen by the user
491 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
494 * Hub directory url (should be moodle.org)
496 define('HUB_HUBDIRECTORYURL', "https://hubdirectory.moodle.org");
500 * Moodle.net url (should be moodle.net)
502 define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', "https://moodle.net");
503 define('HUB_OLDMOODLEORGHUBURL', "http://hub.moodle.org");
506 * Moodle mobile app service name
508 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');
511 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
513 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);
516 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
518 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
520 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
522 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);
525 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
527 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');
530 * Email from header to never include via information.
532 define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0);
535 * Email from header to always include via information.
537 define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1);
540 * Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply.
542 define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2);
544 // PARAMETER HANDLING.
547 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
548 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
549 * thrown because we require this variable.
551 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
552 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
553 * used like this:
554 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
556 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
558 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
559 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
560 * @return mixed
561 * @throws coding_exception
563 function required_param($parname, $type) {
564 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
565 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
567 // POST has precedence.
568 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
569 $param = $_POST[$parname];
570 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
571 $param = $_GET[$parname];
572 } else {
573 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
576 if (is_array($param)) {
577 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
578 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3.
579 return required_param_array($parname, $type);
582 return clean_param($param, $type);
586 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
587 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
588 * thrown because we require this variable.
590 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
591 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
592 * used like this:
593 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
595 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
597 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
598 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
599 * @return array
600 * @throws coding_exception
602 function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
603 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
604 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
606 // POST has precedence.
607 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
608 $param = $_POST[$parname];
609 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
610 $param = $_GET[$parname];
611 } else {
612 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
614 if (!is_array($param)) {
615 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
618 $result = array();
619 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
620 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
621 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
622 continue;
624 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
627 return $result;
631 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
632 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
634 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
635 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
636 * used like this:
637 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
639 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
641 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
642 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
643 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
644 * @return mixed
645 * @throws coding_exception
647 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
648 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
649 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
652 // POST has precedence.
653 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
654 $param = $_POST[$parname];
655 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
656 $param = $_GET[$parname];
657 } else {
658 return $default;
661 if (is_array($param)) {
662 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
663 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3.
664 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type);
667 return clean_param($param, $type);
671 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
672 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
674 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
675 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
676 * used like this:
677 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
679 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
681 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
682 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
683 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
684 * @return array
685 * @throws coding_exception
687 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
688 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
689 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
692 // POST has precedence.
693 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
694 $param = $_POST[$parname];
695 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
696 $param = $_GET[$parname];
697 } else {
698 return $default;
700 if (!is_array($param)) {
701 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname);
702 return $default;
705 $result = array();
706 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
707 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
708 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
709 continue;
711 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
714 return $result;
718 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
719 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
720 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
721 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
722 * Objects and classes are not accepted.
724 * @param mixed $param
725 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant
726 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
727 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
728 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
729 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
731 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED, $debuginfo='') {
732 if (is_null($param)) {
733 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED) {
734 return null;
735 } else {
736 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
739 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) {
740 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
743 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type);
745 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT) {
746 // Do not detect precision loss here.
747 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) {
748 // These always fit.
749 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) {
750 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
752 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) {
753 // Conversion to string is usually lossless.
754 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
757 return $cleaned;
761 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
763 * <code>
764 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
765 * </code>
767 * @param array $param the variable array we are cleaning
768 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
769 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
770 * @return array
771 * @throws coding_exception
773 function clean_param_array(array $param = null, $type, $recursive = false) {
774 // Convert null to empty array.
775 $param = (array)$param;
776 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
777 if (is_array($value)) {
778 if ($recursive) {
779 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true);
780 } else {
781 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.');
783 } else {
784 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
787 return $param;
791 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
792 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
793 * an options field.
794 * <code>
795 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
796 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
797 * </code>
799 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
800 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
801 * @return mixed
802 * @throws coding_exception
804 function clean_param($param, $type) {
805 global $CFG;
807 if (is_array($param)) {
808 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
809 } else if (is_object($param)) {
810 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) {
811 $param = $param->__toString();
812 } else {
813 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
817 switch ($type) {
818 case PARAM_RAW:
819 // No cleaning at all.
820 $param = fix_utf8($param);
821 return $param;
823 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED:
824 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace.
825 $param = fix_utf8($param);
826 return trim($param);
828 case PARAM_CLEAN:
829 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated!
830 // Please use more specific type instead.
831 if (is_numeric($param)) {
832 return $param;
834 $param = fix_utf8($param);
835 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
836 return clean_text($param);
838 case PARAM_CLEANHTML:
839 // Clean html fragment.
840 $param = fix_utf8($param);
841 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
842 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML);
843 return trim($param);
845 case PARAM_INT:
846 // Convert to integer.
847 return (int)$param;
849 case PARAM_FLOAT:
850 // Convert to float.
851 return (float)$param;
853 case PARAM_ALPHA:
854 // Remove everything not `a-z`.
855 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param);
857 case PARAM_ALPHAEXT:
858 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too).
859 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param);
861 case PARAM_ALPHANUM:
862 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`.
863 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param);
865 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT:
866 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`.
867 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
869 case PARAM_SEQUENCE:
870 // Remove everything not `0-9,`.
871 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param);
873 case PARAM_BOOL:
874 // Convert to 1 or 0.
875 $tempstr = strtolower($param);
876 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') {
877 $param = 1;
878 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') {
879 $param = 0;
880 } else {
881 $param = empty($param) ? 0 : 1;
883 return $param;
885 case PARAM_NOTAGS:
886 // Strip all tags.
887 $param = fix_utf8($param);
888 return strip_tags($param);
890 case PARAM_TEXT:
891 // Leave only tags needed for multilang.
892 $param = fix_utf8($param);
893 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required
894 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons.
895 do {
896 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) {
897 // Old and future mutilang syntax.
898 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>');
899 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
900 break;
902 $open = false;
903 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
904 if ($match === '</lang>') {
905 if ($open) {
906 $open = false;
907 continue;
908 } else {
909 break 2;
912 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) {
913 break 2;
914 } else {
915 $open = true;
918 if ($open) {
919 break;
921 return $param;
923 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) {
924 // Current problematic multilang syntax.
925 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>');
926 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
927 break;
929 $open = false;
930 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
931 if ($match === '</span>') {
932 if ($open) {
933 $open = false;
934 continue;
935 } else {
936 break 2;
939 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) {
940 break 2;
941 } else {
942 $open = true;
945 if ($open) {
946 break;
948 return $param;
950 } while (false);
951 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string().
952 return strip_tags($param);
954 case PARAM_COMPONENT:
955 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not
956 // please note only normalised component names are accepted.
957 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z]+(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) {
958 return '';
960 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) {
961 return '';
963 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) {
964 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types.
965 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) {
966 return '';
969 return $param;
971 case PARAM_PLUGIN:
972 case PARAM_AREA:
973 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not.
974 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) {
975 return '';
977 return $param;
979 case PARAM_SAFEDIR:
980 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- .
981 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
983 case PARAM_SAFEPATH:
984 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- .
985 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param);
987 case PARAM_FILE:
988 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename.
989 $param = fix_utf8($param);
990 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param);
991 if ($param === '.' || $param === '..') {
992 $param = '';
994 return $param;
996 case PARAM_PATH:
997 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path.
998 $param = fix_utf8($param);
999 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param);
1001 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules.
1002 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param);
1003 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) {
1004 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) {
1005 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt.
1006 } else {
1007 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE);
1009 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb;
1011 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb);
1013 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///).
1014 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param);
1015 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param);
1016 return $param;
1018 case PARAM_HOST:
1019 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad.
1020 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param );
1021 // Match ipv4 dotted quad.
1022 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) {
1023 // Confirm values are ok.
1024 if ( $match[0] > 255
1025 || $match[1] > 255
1026 || $match[3] > 255
1027 || $match[4] > 255 ) {
1028 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
1029 $param = '';
1031 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers.
1032 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens.
1033 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens.
1035 // All is ok - $param is respected.
1036 } else {
1037 // All is not ok...
1038 $param='';
1040 return $param;
1042 case PARAM_URL:
1043 // Allow safe urls.
1044 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1045 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php');
1046 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E-u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) {
1047 // All is ok, param is respected.
1048 } else {
1049 // Not really ok.
1050 $param ='';
1052 return $param;
1054 case PARAM_LOCALURL:
1055 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot.
1056 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL);
1057 if (!empty($param)) {
1059 if ($param === $CFG->wwwroot) {
1060 // Exact match;
1061 } else if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) {
1062 // Root-relative, ok!
1063 } else if (preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot . '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) {
1064 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot.
1065 } else {
1066 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks.
1067 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?')) {
1068 // Looks ok.
1069 } else {
1070 $param = '';
1074 return $param;
1076 case PARAM_PEM:
1077 $param = trim($param);
1078 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols:
1079 // forward slash: /
1080 // plus sign: +
1081 // equal sign: =
1082 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes.
1083 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) {
1084 list($wholething, $body) = $matches;
1085 unset($wholething, $matches);
1086 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64);
1087 if (!empty($b64)) {
1088 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n";
1089 } else {
1090 return '';
1093 return '';
1095 case PARAM_BASE64:
1096 if (!empty($param)) {
1097 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols
1098 // forward slash: /
1099 // plus sign: +
1100 // equal sign: =.
1101 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) {
1102 return '';
1104 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
1105 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less
1106 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long.
1107 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++) {
1108 if ($i + 1 == $j) {
1109 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) {
1110 return '';
1112 continue;
1115 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) {
1116 return '';
1119 return implode("\n", $lines);
1120 } else {
1121 return '';
1124 case PARAM_TAG:
1125 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1126 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere,
1127 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere.
1128 // Remove some nasties.
1129 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param);
1130 // Convert many whitespace chars into one.
1131 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/u', ' ', $param);
1132 $param = core_text::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH);
1133 return $param;
1135 case PARAM_TAGLIST:
1136 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1137 $tags = explode(',', $param);
1138 $result = array();
1139 foreach ($tags as $tag) {
1140 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG);
1141 if ($res !== '') {
1142 $result[] = $res;
1145 if ($result) {
1146 return implode(',', $result);
1147 } else {
1148 return '';
1151 case PARAM_CAPABILITY:
1152 if (get_capability_info($param)) {
1153 return $param;
1154 } else {
1155 return '';
1158 case PARAM_PERMISSION:
1159 $param = (int)$param;
1160 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT, CAP_PROHIBIT))) {
1161 return $param;
1162 } else {
1163 return CAP_INHERIT;
1166 case PARAM_AUTH:
1167 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN);
1168 if (empty($param)) {
1169 return '';
1170 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) {
1171 return $param;
1172 } else {
1173 return '';
1176 case PARAM_LANG:
1177 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR);
1178 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) {
1179 return $param;
1180 } else {
1181 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed.
1182 return '';
1185 case PARAM_THEME:
1186 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN);
1187 if (empty($param)) {
1188 return '';
1189 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) {
1190 return $param;
1191 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) {
1192 return $param;
1193 } else {
1194 // Specified theme is not installed.
1195 return '';
1198 case PARAM_USERNAME:
1199 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1200 $param = trim($param);
1201 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919.
1202 $param = core_text::strtolower($param);
1203 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars)) {
1204 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param);
1205 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT:
1206 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters.
1207 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param);
1209 return $param;
1211 case PARAM_EMAIL:
1212 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1213 if (validate_email($param)) {
1214 return $param;
1215 } else {
1216 return '';
1219 case PARAM_STRINGID:
1220 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) {
1221 return $param;
1222 } else {
1223 return '';
1226 case PARAM_TIMEZONE:
1227 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'.
1228 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1229 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/';
1230 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) {
1231 return $param;
1232 } else {
1233 return '';
1236 default:
1237 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem.
1238 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
1243 * Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL.
1245 * Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow
1246 * from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience.
1248 * Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always
1249 * flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses,
1250 * configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc...
1252 * This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings.
1254 * @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*.
1255 * @return bool
1257 function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) {
1258 return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT || $paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS;
1262 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
1264 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
1266 * @param mixed $value
1267 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
1269 function fix_utf8($value) {
1270 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
1271 return $value;
1273 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1274 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
1275 // Shortcut.
1276 return $value;
1278 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it.
1279 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value);
1281 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
1282 static $buggyiconv = null;
1283 if ($buggyiconv === null) {
1284 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
1287 if ($buggyiconv) {
1288 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
1289 $subst = mb_substitute_character();
1290 mb_substitute_character('');
1291 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
1292 mb_substitute_character($subst);
1294 } else {
1295 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
1296 $result = $value;
1299 } else {
1300 $result = @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
1303 return $result;
1305 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1306 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1307 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
1309 return $value;
1311 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1312 // Do not modify original.
1313 $value = clone($value);
1314 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1315 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
1317 return $value;
1319 } else {
1320 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
1321 return $value;
1326 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
1328 * @param mixed $value String or Int
1329 * @return bool true if number, false if not
1331 function is_number($value) {
1332 if (is_int($value)) {
1333 return true;
1334 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1335 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
1336 } else {
1337 return false;
1342 * Returns host part from url.
1344 * @param string $url full url
1345 * @return string host, null if not found
1347 function get_host_from_url($url) {
1348 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
1349 if ($matches) {
1350 return $matches[1];
1352 return null;
1356 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
1358 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
1359 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
1360 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
1362 * @param string $string a string containing HTML.
1363 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
1364 * images, objects, etc.
1366 function html_is_blank($string) {
1367 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
1371 * Set a key in global configuration
1373 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
1374 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
1376 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
1377 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
1379 * A NULL value will delete the entry.
1381 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1383 * @param string $name the key to set
1384 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes)
1385 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
1386 * @return bool true or exception
1388 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) {
1389 global $CFG, $DB;
1391 if (empty($plugin)) {
1392 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings)) {
1393 // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
1394 if (is_null($value)) {
1395 unset($CFG->$name);
1396 } else {
1397 // Settings from db are always strings.
1398 $CFG->$name = (string)$value;
1402 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) {
1403 if ($value === null) {
1404 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1405 } else {
1406 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name));
1408 } else {
1409 if ($value !== null) {
1410 $config = new stdClass();
1411 $config->name = $name;
1412 $config->value = $value;
1413 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false);
1416 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') {
1417 cache_helper::update_site_identifier($value);
1419 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1420 } else {
1421 // Plugin scope.
1422 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) {
1423 if ($value===null) {
1424 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1425 } else {
1426 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id));
1428 } else {
1429 if ($value !== null) {
1430 $config = new stdClass();
1431 $config->plugin = $plugin;
1432 $config->name = $name;
1433 $config->value = $value;
1434 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false);
1437 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1440 return true;
1444 * Get configuration values from the global config table
1445 * or the config_plugins table.
1447 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
1448 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
1450 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
1451 * value or false if the value is not found.
1453 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1455 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so
1456 * that we need only fetch it once per request.
1457 * @param string $plugin full component name
1458 * @param string $name default null
1459 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
1460 * @throws dml_exception
1462 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
1463 global $CFG, $DB;
1465 static $siteidentifier = null;
1467 if ($plugin === 'moodle' || $plugin === 'core' || empty($plugin)) {
1468 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings;
1469 $iscore = true;
1470 $plugin = 'core';
1471 } else {
1472 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings)) {
1473 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$plugin];
1474 } else {
1475 $forced = array();
1477 $iscore = false;
1480 if ($siteidentifier === null) {
1481 try {
1482 // This may fail during installation.
1483 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to
1484 // install the database.
1485 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
1486 } catch (dml_exception $ex) {
1487 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
1488 $siteidentifier = false;
1489 throw $ex;
1493 if (!empty($name)) {
1494 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
1495 return (string)$forced[$name];
1496 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
1497 return $siteidentifier;
1501 $cache = cache::make('core', 'config');
1502 $result = $cache->get($plugin);
1503 if ($result === false) {
1504 // The user is after a recordset.
1505 if (!$iscore) {
1506 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
1507 } else {
1508 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
1509 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
1511 $cache->set($plugin, $result);
1514 if (!empty($name)) {
1515 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
1516 return $result[$name];
1518 return false;
1521 if ($plugin === 'core') {
1522 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier;
1525 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
1526 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
1527 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
1528 unset($result[$key]);
1529 } else {
1530 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
1531 $result[$key] = (string)$value;
1535 return (object)$result;
1539 * Removes a key from global configuration.
1541 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1543 * @param string $name the key to set
1544 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
1545 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1547 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
1548 global $CFG, $DB;
1550 if (empty($plugin)) {
1551 unset($CFG->$name);
1552 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1553 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1554 } else {
1555 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1556 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1559 return true;
1563 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
1565 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1567 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
1568 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1570 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
1571 global $DB;
1572 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
1573 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
1574 // Next delete any suspect settings from config.
1575 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
1576 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
1577 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
1578 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
1579 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));
1581 return true;
1585 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
1587 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
1589 * @param string $value the value of the config setting.
1590 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
1591 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
1592 * @return array of user objects.
1594 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
1595 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
1596 return array();
1599 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
1600 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
1601 // instead of validating them one-by-one.
1602 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $capability);
1603 if ($includeadmins) {
1604 $admins = get_admins();
1605 foreach ($admins as $admin) {
1606 $users[$admin->id] = $admin;
1610 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
1611 return $users;
1614 $result = array(); // Result in correct order.
1615 $allowed = explode(',', $value);
1616 foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
1617 if (isset($users[$uid])) {
1618 $user = $users[$uid];
1619 $result[$user->id] = $user;
1623 return $result;
1628 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
1630 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
1631 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
1633 * @return void
1635 function purge_all_caches() {
1636 global $CFG, $DB;
1638 reset_text_filters_cache();
1639 js_reset_all_caches();
1640 theme_reset_all_caches();
1641 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
1642 core_text::reset_caches();
1643 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
1644 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches();
1647 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
1648 try {
1649 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
1650 } catch (moodle_exception $e) {
1651 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
1654 $DB->reset_caches();
1655 cache_helper::purge_all();
1657 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
1658 clearstatcache();
1659 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir.'', true);
1661 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
1662 make_cache_directory('');
1664 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
1665 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
1666 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir, true);
1667 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
1668 make_localcache_directory('', true);
1669 \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
1673 * Get volatile flags
1675 * @param string $type
1676 * @param int $changedsince default null
1677 * @return array records array
1679 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
1680 global $DB;
1682 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
1683 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
1684 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1685 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1686 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1688 $cf = array();
1689 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
1690 foreach ($flags as $flag) {
1691 $cf[$flag->name] = $flag->value;
1694 return $cf;
1698 * Get volatile flags
1700 * @param string $type
1701 * @param string $name
1702 * @param int $changedsince default null
1703 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false
1705 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
1706 global $DB;
1708 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());
1710 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
1711 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1712 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1713 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1716 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
1720 * Set a volatile flag
1722 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1723 * @param string $name the key to set
1724 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
1725 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
1726 * @return bool Always returns true
1728 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
1729 global $DB;
1731 $timemodified = time();
1732 if ($expiry === null || $expiry < $timemodified) {
1733 $expiry = $timemodified + 24 * 60 * 60;
1734 } else {
1735 $expiry = (int)$expiry;
1738 if ($value === null) {
1739 unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
1740 return true;
1743 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE)) {
1744 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
1745 if ($f->value == $value and $f->expiry == $expiry and $f->timemodified == $timemodified) {
1746 return true; // No need to update.
1748 $f->value = $value;
1749 $f->expiry = $expiry;
1750 $f->timemodified = $timemodified;
1751 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
1752 } else {
1753 $f = new stdClass();
1754 $f->flagtype = $type;
1755 $f->name = $name;
1756 $f->value = $value;
1757 $f->expiry = $expiry;
1758 $f->timemodified = $timemodified;
1759 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
1761 return true;
1765 * Removes a single volatile flag
1767 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1768 * @param string $name the key to set
1769 * @return bool
1771 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
1772 global $DB;
1773 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
1774 return true;
1778 * Garbage-collect volatile flags
1780 * @return bool Always returns true
1782 function gc_cache_flags() {
1783 global $DB;
1784 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
1785 return true;
1788 // USER PREFERENCE API.
1791 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
1792 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
1794 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
1796 * @package core
1797 * @category preference
1798 * @access public
1799 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
1800 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
1801 * @throws coding_exception
1802 * @return null
1804 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass $user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
1805 global $DB;
1806 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
1807 static $loadedusers = array();
1809 if (!isset($user->id)) {
1810 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
1813 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
1814 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1815 if (!isset($user->preference)) {
1816 $user->preference = array();
1818 return;
1821 $timenow = time();
1823 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id]) and isset($user->preference) and isset($user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
1824 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
1825 if ($user->preference['_lastloaded'] + $cachelifetime > $timenow) {
1826 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
1827 return;
1829 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id, $user->preference['_lastloaded'])) {
1830 // No change since the lastcheck on this page.
1831 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1832 return;
1836 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
1837 $loadedusers[$user->id] = true;
1838 $user->preference = $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
1839 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1843 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
1845 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
1847 * @package core
1848 * @access private
1849 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
1851 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
1852 global $CFG;
1854 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
1855 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
1856 return;
1859 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() + $CFG->sessiontimeout);
1863 * Sets a preference for the specified user.
1865 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1867 * When additional validation/permission check is needed it is better to use {@see useredit_update_user_preference()}
1869 * @package core
1870 * @category preference
1871 * @access public
1872 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
1873 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
1874 * record, null means delete current value.
1875 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1876 * @throws coding_exception
1877 * @return bool Always true or exception
1879 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
1880 global $USER, $DB;
1882 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1883 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
1886 if (is_null($value)) {
1887 // Null means delete current.
1888 return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
1889 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1890 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
1891 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1892 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
1894 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
1895 $value = (string)$value;
1896 if (core_text::strlen($value) > 1333) {
1897 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
1900 if (is_null($user)) {
1901 $user = $USER;
1902 } else if (isset($user->id)) {
1903 // It is a valid object.
1904 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1905 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1906 } else {
1907 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
1910 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1912 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
1913 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1914 $user->preference[$name] = $value;
1915 return true;
1918 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name))) {
1919 if ($preference->value === $value and isset($user->preference[$name]) and $user->preference[$name] === $value) {
1920 // Preference already set to this value.
1921 return true;
1923 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id));
1925 } else {
1926 $preference = new stdClass();
1927 $preference->userid = $user->id;
1928 $preference->name = $name;
1929 $preference->value = $value;
1930 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
1933 // Update value in cache.
1934 $user->preference[$name] = $value;
1935 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
1936 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) {
1937 $USER->preference[$name] = $value;
1940 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
1941 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);
1943 return true;
1947 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
1949 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1951 * @package core
1952 * @category preference
1953 * @access public
1954 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
1955 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1956 * @return bool Always true or exception
1958 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
1959 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
1960 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
1962 return true;
1966 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
1968 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1970 * @package core
1971 * @category preference
1972 * @access public
1973 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
1974 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1975 * @throws coding_exception
1976 * @return bool Always true or exception
1978 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
1979 global $USER, $DB;
1981 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1982 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
1985 if (is_null($user)) {
1986 $user = $USER;
1987 } else if (isset($user->id)) {
1988 // It is a valid object.
1989 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1990 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1991 } else {
1992 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call');
1995 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1997 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) {
1998 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
1999 unset($user->preference[$name]);
2000 return true;
2003 // Delete from DB.
2004 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name));
2006 // Delete the preference from cache.
2007 unset($user->preference[$name]);
2008 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
2009 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id == $USER->id) {
2010 unset($USER->preference[$name]);
2013 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
2014 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id);
2016 return true;
2020 * Used to fetch user preference(s)
2022 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return
2023 * all of the current user preferences as an array.
2025 * If a name is specified then this function
2026 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If
2027 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
2028 * otherwise null.
2030 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
2032 * @package core
2033 * @category preference
2034 * @access public
2035 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
2036 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
2037 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
2038 * @throws coding_exception
2039 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An
2040 * array with all of the preferences or null
2042 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
2043 global $USER;
2045 if (is_null($name)) {
2046 // All prefs.
2047 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
2048 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
2051 if (is_null($user)) {
2052 $user = $USER;
2053 } else if (isset($user->id)) {
2054 // Is a valid object.
2055 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
2056 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
2057 } else {
2058 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
2061 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
2063 if (empty($name)) {
2064 // All values.
2065 return $user->preference;
2066 } else if (isset($user->preference[$name])) {
2067 // The single string value.
2068 return $user->preference[$name];
2069 } else {
2070 // Default value (null if not specified).
2071 return $default;
2075 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.
2078 * Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
2080 * @package core
2081 * @category time
2082 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
2083 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
2084 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
2085 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
2086 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
2087 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
2088 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
2089 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2090 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
2091 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
2092 * @return int GMT timestamp
2094 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
2095 $date = new DateTime('now', core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2096 $date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day);
2097 $date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second);
2099 $time = $date->getTimestamp();
2101 if ($time === false) {
2102 throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'.
2103 ' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows');
2106 // Moodle BC DST stuff.
2107 if (!$applydst) {
2108 $time += dst_offset_on($time, $timezone);
2111 return $time;
2116 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2118 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
2119 * formatted nicely as years, days, hours etc as needed
2121 * @package core
2122 * @category time
2123 * @uses MINSECS
2124 * @uses HOURSECS
2125 * @uses DAYSECS
2126 * @uses YEARSECS
2127 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
2128 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
2129 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
2131 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {
2133 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);
2135 if (!$str) {
2136 // Create the str structure the slow way.
2137 $str = new stdClass();
2138 $str->day = get_string('day');
2139 $str->days = get_string('days');
2140 $str->hour = get_string('hour');
2141 $str->hours = get_string('hours');
2142 $str->min = get_string('min');
2143 $str->mins = get_string('mins');
2144 $str->sec = get_string('sec');
2145 $str->secs = get_string('secs');
2146 $str->year = get_string('year');
2147 $str->years = get_string('years');
2150 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS);
2151 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS);
2152 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS);
2153 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS);
2154 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS);
2155 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS);
2156 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS);
2157 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS);
2159 $ss = ($secs == 1) ? $str->sec : $str->secs;
2160 $sm = ($mins == 1) ? $str->min : $str->mins;
2161 $sh = ($hours == 1) ? $str->hour : $str->hours;
2162 $sd = ($days == 1) ? $str->day : $str->days;
2163 $sy = ($years == 1) ? $str->year : $str->years;
2165 $oyears = '';
2166 $odays = '';
2167 $ohours = '';
2168 $omins = '';
2169 $osecs = '';
2171 if ($years) {
2172 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy;
2174 if ($days) {
2175 $odays = $days .' '. $sd;
2177 if ($hours) {
2178 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
2180 if ($mins) {
2181 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm;
2183 if ($secs) {
2184 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss;
2187 if ($years) {
2188 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
2190 if ($days) {
2191 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
2193 if ($hours) {
2194 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
2196 if ($mins) {
2197 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
2199 if ($secs) {
2200 return $osecs;
2202 return get_string('now');
2206 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
2208 * @package core
2209 * @category time
2210 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
2211 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
2212 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
2213 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
2214 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
2215 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2216 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
2217 * If false then the leading zero is maintained.
2218 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
2219 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2221 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
2222 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2223 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
2227 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
2229 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
2230 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
2232 * @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp
2233 * @param string $format strftime format.
2234 * @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone
2235 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2236 * @since Moodle 2.3.3
2238 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {
2239 global $CFG;
2241 $localewincharset = null;
2242 // Get the calendar type user is using.
2243 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
2244 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2245 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset();
2248 if ($localewincharset) {
2249 $format = core_text::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
2252 date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($tz));
2253 $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
2254 core_date::set_default_server_timezone();
2256 if ($localewincharset) {
2257 $datestring = core_text::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
2260 return $datestring;
2264 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
2265 * returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time
2267 * @package core
2268 * @category time
2269 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
2270 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2271 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time
2273 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
2274 date_default_timezone_set(core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone));
2275 $result = getdate($time);
2276 core_date::set_default_server_timezone();
2278 return $result;
2282 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
2283 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
2285 * NOTE: this function does not include DST properly,
2286 * you should use the PHP date stuff instead!
2288 * @package core
2289 * @category time
2290 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2291 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2292 * @return int
2294 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
2295 $userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date);
2296 $userdate->setTimezone(core_date::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2297 $dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone);
2299 return $date - $userdate->getOffset() + $dst;
2303 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
2304 * for the current user.
2306 * @package core
2307 * @category time
2308 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2309 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2310 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
2312 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {
2314 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);
2316 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
2317 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);
2322 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
2324 * @package core
2325 * @category time
2326 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2327 * @return string
2329 function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
2330 $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($timezone);
2331 return core_date::get_localised_timezone($tz);
2335 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
2336 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
2337 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
2338 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2340 * @package core
2341 * @category time
2342 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2343 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
2344 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2345 * @return float|string
2347 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
2348 global $USER, $CFG;
2350 $timezones = array(
2351 $tz,
2352 isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : 99,
2353 isset($USER->timezone) ? $USER->timezone : 99,
2354 isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : 99,
2357 $tz = 99;
2359 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
2360 foreach ($timezones as $nextvalue) {
2361 if ((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) || $tz == 99) {
2362 $tz = $nextvalue;
2365 return is_numeric($tz) ? (float) $tz : $tz;
2369 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
2370 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
2372 * @package core
2373 * @category time
2374 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
2375 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone
2376 * @return int
2378 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
2379 $tz = core_date::get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
2380 $date = new DateTime('@' . $time);
2381 $date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz));
2382 if ($date->format('I') == '1') {
2383 if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') {
2384 return 1800;
2386 return 3600;
2388 return 0;
2392 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month
2394 * @package core
2395 * @category time
2396 * @param int $startday starting day of the month
2397 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
2398 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought
2399 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
2400 * @return int
2402 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
2403 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2405 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
2406 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());
2408 if ($weekday == -1) {
2409 // Don't care about weekday, so return:
2410 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1
2411 // $daysinmonth otherwise.
2412 return ($startday == -1) ? $daysinmonth : abs($startday);
2415 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
2416 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
2417 if ($startday == -1) {
2418 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
2421 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
2422 if ($startday < 1) {
2423 $startday = abs($startday);
2424 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);
2426 // This is the last such weekday of the month.
2427 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
2428 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
2429 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2432 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
2433 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
2434 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2437 return $lastinmonth;
2438 } else {
2439 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);
2441 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
2442 if ($diff < 0) {
2443 $diff += $daysinweek;
2446 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
2447 $firstfromindex = $startday + $diff;
2449 return $firstfromindex;
2454 * Calculate the number of days in a given month
2456 * @package core
2457 * @category time
2458 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
2459 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
2460 * @return int
2462 function days_in_month($month, $year) {
2463 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2464 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
2468 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
2470 * @package core
2471 * @category time
2472 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
2473 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
2474 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
2475 * @return int
2477 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
2478 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance();
2479 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
2482 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.
2485 * Returns full login url.
2487 * @return string login url
2489 function get_login_url() {
2490 global $CFG;
2492 return "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
2496 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
2497 * required privileges
2499 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
2500 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
2501 * course module.
2502 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
2503 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
2504 * case they are automatically logged in as guests.
2505 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
2506 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
2507 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
2508 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
2510 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
2511 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
2513 * @package core_access
2514 * @category access
2516 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
2517 * @param bool $autologinguest default true
2518 * @param object $cm course module object
2519 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2520 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2521 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2522 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2523 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
2524 * @throws coding_exception
2525 * @throws require_login_exception
2526 * @throws moodle_exception
2528 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2529 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;
2531 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
2532 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
2533 $preventredirect = true;
2536 if (AJAX_SCRIPT) {
2537 // We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either.
2538 $preventredirect = true;
2541 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
2542 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2543 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2544 $course = $courseorid;
2545 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID) {
2546 $course = clone($SITE);
2547 } else {
2548 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
2550 if ($cm) {
2551 if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
2552 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
2554 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
2555 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
2556 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2557 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2558 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2559 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2560 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
2563 } else {
2564 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
2565 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
2566 $course = $SITE;
2567 if ($cm) {
2568 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
2572 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
2573 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
2574 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
2575 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT) {
2576 $setwantsurltome = false;
2579 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
2580 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) {
2581 if ($preventredirect) {
2582 throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception();
2583 } else {
2584 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2585 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2587 redirect(get_login_url());
2591 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
2592 if (!isloggedin()) {
2593 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) {
2594 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest)) {
2595 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
2596 redirect(get_login_url());
2597 exit; // Never reached.
2599 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
2600 complete_user_login($guest);
2601 $USER->autologinguest = true;
2602 $SESSION->lang = $lang;
2603 } else {
2604 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
2605 if ($preventredirect) {
2606 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
2609 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2610 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2613 $referer = get_local_referer(false);
2614 if (!empty($referer)) {
2615 $SESSION->fromurl = $referer;
2618 // Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page
2619 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(true); // auths, in sequence
2620 foreach($authsequence as $authname) {
2621 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2622 $authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook();
2623 if (isloggedin()) {
2624 break;
2628 // If we're still not logged in then go to the login page
2629 if (!isloggedin()) {
2630 redirect(get_login_url());
2631 exit; // Never reached.
2636 // Loginas as redirection if needed.
2637 if ($course->id != SITEID and \core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
2638 if ($USER->loginascontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) {
2639 if ($USER->loginascontext->instanceid != $course->id) {
2640 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid);
2645 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
2646 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
2647 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
2648 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
2649 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2650 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2652 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
2653 // Use plugin custom url.
2654 redirect($changeurl);
2655 } else {
2656 // Use moodle internal method.
2657 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php');
2659 } else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
2660 throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice');
2661 } else {
2662 throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
2666 // Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to
2667 // edit their profile and this is not a WS request, perform just the lax check.
2668 // It will allow them to use filepicker on the profile edit page.
2670 if ($preventredirect && !WS_SERVER) {
2671 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false);
2672 } else {
2673 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true);
2676 if ($usernotfullysetup) {
2677 if ($preventredirect) {
2678 throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup');
2680 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2681 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2683 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id .'&amp;course='. SITEID);
2686 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
2687 sesskey();
2689 // Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion.
2690 if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress)) {
2691 // Set the global $COURSE.
2692 if ($cm) {
2693 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2694 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2695 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2696 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2698 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
2699 user_accesstime_log($course->id);
2700 return;
2703 // Scripts have a chance to declare that $USER->policyagreed should not be checked.
2704 // This is mostly for places where users are actually accepting the policies, to avoid the redirect loop.
2705 if (!defined('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK')) {
2706 define('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK', false);
2709 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
2710 // Do not test if the script explicitly asked for skipping the site policies check.
2711 if (!$USER->policyagreed && !is_siteadmin() && !NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK) {
2712 $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\manager();
2713 if ($policyurl = $manager->get_redirect_url(isguestuser())) {
2714 if ($preventredirect) {
2715 throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $policyurl->out());
2717 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2718 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2720 redirect($policyurl);
2724 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
2725 $sysctx = context_system::instance();
2726 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($course->id, MUST_EXIST);
2727 if ($cm) {
2728 $cmcontext = context_module::instance($cm->id, MUST_EXIST);
2729 } else {
2730 $cmcontext = null;
2733 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
2734 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) {
2735 if ($preventredirect) {
2736 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
2738 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2739 print_maintenance_message();
2742 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
2743 if ($course->id == SITEID) {
2744 // Frontpage can not be hidden.
2745 } else {
2746 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
2747 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
2748 } else {
2749 if (!$course->visible and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
2750 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
2751 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
2752 if ($preventredirect) {
2753 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
2755 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2756 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
2757 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
2758 navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
2759 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
2764 // Is the user enrolled?
2765 if ($course->id == SITEID) {
2766 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
2767 } else {
2768 if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) {
2769 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
2770 $realuser = \core\session\manager::get_realuser();
2771 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id, '', true) and
2772 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id)) {
2773 if ($preventredirect) {
2774 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
2776 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2777 echo $OUTPUT->header();
2778 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot .'/');
2782 $access = false;
2784 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) {
2785 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
2786 $access = true;
2788 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
2789 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
2790 $access = true;
2792 } else {
2793 if (isset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id])) {
2794 if ($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] > time()) {
2795 $access = true;
2796 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
2797 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
2798 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2800 } else {
2801 // Expired.
2802 unset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id]);
2805 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) {
2806 if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] == 0) {
2807 $access = true;
2808 } else if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] > time()) {
2809 $access = true;
2810 } else {
2811 // Expired.
2812 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]);
2813 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2817 if (!$access) {
2818 // Cache not ok.
2819 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid, $USER->id);
2820 if ($until !== false) {
2821 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2822 if ($until == 0) {
2823 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
2825 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
2826 $access = true;
2828 } else {
2829 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED);
2830 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
2831 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
2832 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
2833 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2834 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
2835 continue;
2837 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2838 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_autoenrol($instance);
2839 if ($until !== false) {
2840 if ($until == 0) {
2841 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP;
2843 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until;
2844 $access = true;
2845 break;
2848 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
2849 if (!$access) {
2850 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2851 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) {
2852 continue;
2854 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
2855 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_guestaccess($instance);
2856 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
2857 $USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] = $until;
2858 $access = true;
2859 break;
2867 if (!$access) {
2868 if ($preventredirect) {
2869 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
2871 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2872 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me();
2874 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id);
2878 // Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins.
2879 if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress) {
2880 if ($preventredirect) {
2881 throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion');
2883 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/course/lib.php');
2884 redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error'));
2887 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc.
2888 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible) {
2889 if ($preventredirect) {
2890 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
2892 // Get the error message that activity is not available and why (if explanation can be shown to the user).
2893 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2894 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('course');
2895 $message = $renderer->course_section_cm_unavailable_error_message($cm);
2896 redirect(course_get_url($course), $message, null, \core\output\notification::NOTIFY_ERROR);
2899 // Set the global $COURSE.
2900 if ($cm) {
2901 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2902 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2903 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2904 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2907 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
2908 user_accesstime_log($course->id);
2913 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
2915 * @package core_access
2916 * @category access
2918 function require_logout() {
2919 global $USER, $DB;
2921 if (!isloggedin()) {
2922 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
2923 \core\session\manager::terminate_current();
2924 return;
2927 // Execute hooks before action.
2928 $authplugins = array();
2929 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
2930 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
2931 $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2932 $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook();
2935 // Store info that gets removed during logout.
2936 $sid = session_id();
2937 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout::create(
2938 array(
2939 'userid' => $USER->id,
2940 'objectid' => $USER->id,
2941 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
2944 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
2945 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
2948 // Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins.
2949 $user = fullclone($USER);
2951 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
2952 \core\session\manager::terminate_current();
2954 // Trigger event AFTER action.
2955 $event->trigger();
2957 // Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger.
2958 foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) {
2959 $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user);
2964 * Weaker version of require_login()
2966 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
2967 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
2968 * the forcelogin option is turned on.
2969 * @see require_login()
2971 * @package core_access
2972 * @category access
2974 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
2975 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
2976 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known
2977 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2978 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2979 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2980 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2981 * @return void
2982 * @throws coding_exception
2984 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2985 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
2986 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id == SITEID)
2987 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID));
2988 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info)) {
2989 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2990 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2991 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2992 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2993 $course = $courseorid;
2994 } else {
2995 $course = clone($SITE);
2997 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2998 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id);
3000 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin)) {
3001 // Login required for both SITE and courses.
3002 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3004 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible) {
3005 // Always login for hidden activities.
3006 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3008 } else if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser()) {
3009 // User is already logged in. Make sure the login is complete (user is fully setup, policies agreed).
3010 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3012 } else if ($issite) {
3013 // Login for SITE not required.
3014 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
3015 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
3016 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3017 $course = $courseorid;
3018 } else {
3019 $course = clone $SITE;
3021 if ($cm) {
3022 if ($cm->course != $course->id) {
3023 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
3025 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
3026 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
3027 } else {
3028 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3030 } else {
3031 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
3032 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course);
3034 user_accesstime_log(SITEID);
3035 return;
3037 } else {
3038 // Course login always required.
3039 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3044 * Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct.
3046 * @param string $keyvalue the key value
3047 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3048 * @param int $instance instance id
3049 * @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table
3050 * @since Moodle 3.2
3051 * @throws moodle_exception
3053 function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) {
3054 global $DB;
3056 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
3057 print_error('invalidkey');
3060 if (!empty($key->validuntil) and $key->validuntil < time()) {
3061 print_error('expiredkey');
3064 if ($key->iprestriction) {
3065 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
3066 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction)) {
3067 print_error('ipmismatch');
3070 return $key;
3074 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
3076 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
3077 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
3078 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3079 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3080 * @return int Instance ID
3082 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance=null) {
3083 global $DB;
3085 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) {
3086 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable');
3089 // Extra safety.
3090 \core\session\manager::write_close();
3092 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM);
3094 $key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance);
3096 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid))) {
3097 print_error('invaliduserid');
3100 // Emulate normal session.
3101 enrol_check_plugins($user);
3102 \core\session\manager::set_user($user);
3104 // Note we are not using normal login.
3105 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
3106 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
3109 // Return instance id - it might be empty.
3110 return $key->instance;
3114 * Creates a new private user access key.
3116 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3117 * @param int $userid
3118 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3119 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3120 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data
3121 * @return string access key value
3123 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3124 global $DB;
3126 $key = new stdClass();
3127 $key->script = $script;
3128 $key->userid = $userid;
3129 $key->instance = $instance;
3130 $key->iprestriction = $iprestriction;
3131 $key->validuntil = $validuntil;
3132 $key->timecreated = time();
3134 // Something long and unique.
3135 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3136 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value))) {
3137 // Must be unique.
3138 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3140 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
3141 return $key->value;
3145 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
3147 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3148 * @param int $userid
3149 * @return void
3151 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
3152 global $DB;
3153 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
3157 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
3159 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3160 * @param int $userid
3161 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3162 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3163 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date
3164 * @return string access key value
3166 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3167 global $DB;
3169 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
3170 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
3171 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
3172 return $key->value;
3173 } else {
3174 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
3180 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
3182 * @return bool Always returns true
3184 function update_user_login_times() {
3185 global $USER, $DB;
3187 if (isguestuser()) {
3188 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
3189 return true;
3192 $now = time();
3194 $user = new stdClass();
3195 $user->id = $USER->id;
3197 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
3198 if ($USER->firstaccess == 0) {
3199 $USER->firstaccess = $user->firstaccess = $now;
3202 // Store the previous current as lastlogin.
3203 $USER->lastlogin = $user->lastlogin = $USER->currentlogin;
3205 $USER->currentlogin = $user->currentlogin = $now;
3207 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
3208 $USER->lastaccess = $user->lastaccess = $now;
3209 $USER->lastip = $user->lastip = getremoteaddr();
3211 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
3212 // the login event means that these fields were updated.
3213 $DB->update_record('user', $user);
3214 return true;
3218 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
3220 * The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases
3221 * only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in
3222 * certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be
3223 * redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the
3224 * strict check.
3226 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
3227 * @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too
3228 * @return bool
3230 function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) {
3231 global $CFG;
3232 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3234 if (isguestuser($user)) {
3235 return false;
3238 if (empty($user->firstname) or empty($user->lastname) or empty($user->email) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
3239 return true;
3242 if ($strict) {
3243 if (empty($user->id)) {
3244 // Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only.
3245 return true;
3247 if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id)) {
3248 return true;
3252 return false;
3256 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
3258 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
3259 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
3261 function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
3262 global $CFG, $DB;
3264 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
3265 return false;
3268 if (empty($user->id)) {
3269 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3270 return false;
3273 // Set sensible defaults.
3274 if (empty($CFG->minbounces)) {
3275 $CFG->minbounces = 10;
3277 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio)) {
3278 $CFG->bounceratio = .20;
3280 $bouncecount = 0;
3281 $sendcount = 0;
3282 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3283 $bouncecount = $bounce->value;
3285 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3286 $sendcount = $send->value;
3288 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces && $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio);
3292 * Used to increment or reset email sent count
3294 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3295 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3296 * @return void
3298 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
3299 global $DB;
3301 if (empty($user->id)) {
3302 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3303 return;
3306 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3307 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
3308 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3309 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3310 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3311 $pref = new stdClass();
3312 $pref->name = 'email_send_count';
3313 $pref->value = 1;
3314 $pref->userid = $user->id;
3315 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3320 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count
3322 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3323 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3325 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
3326 global $DB;
3328 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3329 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1;
3330 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3331 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3332 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3333 $pref = new stdClass();
3334 $pref->name = 'email_bounce_count';
3335 $pref->value = 1;
3336 $pref->userid = $user->id;
3337 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3342 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
3344 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
3345 * @return bool
3347 function ismoving($courseid) {
3348 global $USER;
3350 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy)) {
3351 return ($USER->activitycopycourse == $courseid);
3353 return false;
3357 * Returns a persons full name
3359 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
3360 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force both names to be used even if system settings
3361 * specify one.
3363 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
3364 * @param bool $override If true then the name will be firstname followed by lastname rather than adhering to fullnamedisplay.
3365 * @return string
3367 function fullname($user, $override=false) {
3368 global $CFG, $SESSION;
3370 if (!isset($user->firstname) and !isset($user->lastname)) {
3371 return '';
3374 // Get all of the name fields.
3375 $allnames = get_all_user_name_fields();
3376 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper) {
3377 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3378 if (!property_exists($user, $allname)) {
3379 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed.
3380 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
3381 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times.
3382 break;
3387 if (!$override) {
3388 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname)) {
3389 $user->firstname = $CFG->forcefirstname;
3391 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname)) {
3392 $user->lastname = $CFG->forcelastname;
3396 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay)) {
3397 $CFG->fullnamedisplay = $SESSION->fullnamedisplay;
3400 $template = null;
3401 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that.
3402 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay)) {
3403 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay;
3405 // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string.
3406 if ((empty($template) || $template == 'language') && !$override) {
3407 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3410 // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format.
3411 if ($override) {
3412 if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat) || $CFG->alternativefullnameformat == 'language') {
3413 // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string.
3414 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3415 } else {
3416 // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name.
3417 $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat;
3421 $requirednames = array();
3422 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is.
3423 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3424 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) {
3425 $requirednames[] = $allname;
3429 $displayname = $template;
3430 // Switch in the actual data into the template.
3431 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) {
3432 if (isset($user->$altname)) {
3433 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages.
3434 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') {
3435 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3436 } else {
3437 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname);
3439 } else {
3440 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3443 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters).
3444 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or
3445 // katakana and parenthesis.
3446 $patterns = array();
3447 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been
3448 // filled in by a user.
3449 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:).
3450 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u';
3451 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name.
3452 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u';
3453 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
3454 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname);
3457 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces.
3458 $displayname = trim($displayname);
3459 if (empty($displayname)) {
3460 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what
3461 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on.
3462 $displayname = $user->firstname;
3464 return $displayname;
3468 * A centralised location for the all name fields. Returns an array / sql string snippet.
3470 * @param bool $returnsql True for an sql select field snippet.
3471 * @param string $tableprefix table query prefix to use in front of each field.
3472 * @param string $prefix prefix added to the name fields e.g. authorfirstname.
3473 * @param string $fieldprefix sql field prefix e.g. id AS userid.
3474 * @param bool $order moves firstname and lastname to the top of the array / start of the string.
3475 * @return array|string All name fields.
3477 function get_all_user_name_fields($returnsql = false, $tableprefix = null, $prefix = null, $fieldprefix = null, $order = false) {
3478 // This array is provided in this order because when called by fullname() (above) if firstname is before
3479 // firstnamephonetic str_replace() will change the wrong placeholder.
3480 $alternatenames = array('firstnamephonetic' => 'firstnamephonetic',
3481 'lastnamephonetic' => 'lastnamephonetic',
3482 'middlename' => 'middlename',
3483 'alternatename' => 'alternatename',
3484 'firstname' => 'firstname',
3485 'lastname' => 'lastname');
3487 // Let's add a prefix to the array of user name fields if provided.
3488 if ($prefix) {
3489 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3490 $alternatenames[$key] = $prefix . $altname;
3494 // If we want the end result to have firstname and lastname at the front / top of the result.
3495 if ($order) {
3496 // Move the last two elements (firstname, lastname) off the array and put them at the top.
3497 for ($i = 0; $i < 2; $i++) {
3498 // Get the last element.
3499 $lastelement = end($alternatenames);
3500 // Remove it from the array.
3501 unset($alternatenames[$lastelement]);
3502 // Put the element back on the top of the array.
3503 $alternatenames = array_merge(array($lastelement => $lastelement), $alternatenames);
3507 // Create an sql field snippet if requested.
3508 if ($returnsql) {
3509 if ($tableprefix) {
3510 if ($fieldprefix) {
3511 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3512 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname . ' AS ' . $fieldprefix . $altname;
3514 } else {
3515 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3516 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname;
3520 $alternatenames = implode(',', $alternatenames);
3522 return $alternatenames;
3526 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
3528 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
3530 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
3531 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
3532 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
3533 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
3534 * The key can be set to the user table field name.
3535 * @return object User name fields.
3537 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
3538 $fields = get_all_user_name_fields(false, null, $prefix);
3539 if ($additionalfields) {
3540 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
3541 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
3542 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
3543 if (is_numeric($key)) {
3544 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
3545 unset($additionalfields[$key]);
3546 } else {
3547 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
3550 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
3552 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
3553 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
3554 $addtoobject->$key = '';
3555 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
3556 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
3559 return $addtoobject;
3563 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
3564 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
3566 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
3567 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
3568 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
3570 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
3571 $valuearray = array();
3572 foreach ($values as $value) {
3573 $pattern = "/$value\b/";
3574 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
3575 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
3576 $replacement = "thing";
3577 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
3578 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
3579 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
3580 $valuearray[$position] = $value;
3583 ksort($valuearray);
3584 return $valuearray;
3588 * Checks if current user is shown any extra fields when listing users.
3590 * @param object $context Context
3591 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to show anyway
3592 * so don't bother listing them
3593 * @return array Array of field names from user table, not including anything
3594 * listed in $already
3596 function get_extra_user_fields($context, $already = array()) {
3597 global $CFG;
3599 // Only users with permission get the extra fields.
3600 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:viewuseridentity', $context)) {
3601 return array();
3604 // Split showuseridentity on comma.
3605 if (empty($CFG->showuseridentity)) {
3606 // Explode gives wrong result with empty string.
3607 $extra = array();
3608 } else {
3609 $extra = explode(',', $CFG->showuseridentity);
3611 $renumber = false;
3612 foreach ($extra as $key => $field) {
3613 if (in_array($field, $already)) {
3614 unset($extra[$key]);
3615 $renumber = true;
3618 if ($renumber) {
3619 // For consistency, if entries are removed from array, renumber it
3620 // so they are numbered as you would expect.
3621 $extra = array_merge($extra);
3623 return $extra;
3627 * If the current user is to be shown extra user fields when listing or
3628 * selecting users, returns a string suitable for including in an SQL select
3629 * clause to retrieve those fields.
3631 * @param context $context Context
3632 * @param string $alias Alias of user table, e.g. 'u' (default none)
3633 * @param string $prefix Prefix for field names using AS, e.g. 'u_' (default none)
3634 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to include anyway so don't list them (default none)
3635 * @return string Partial SQL select clause, beginning with comma, for example ',u.idnumber,u.department' unless it is blank
3637 function get_extra_user_fields_sql($context, $alias='', $prefix='', $already = array()) {
3638 $fields = get_extra_user_fields($context, $already);
3639 $result = '';
3640 // Add punctuation for alias.
3641 if ($alias !== '') {
3642 $alias .= '.';
3644 foreach ($fields as $field) {
3645 $result .= ', ' . $alias . $field;
3646 if ($prefix) {
3647 $result .= ' AS ' . $prefix . $field;
3650 return $result;
3654 * Returns the display name of a field in the user table. Works for most fields that are commonly displayed to users.
3655 * @param string $field Field name, e.g. 'phone1'
3656 * @return string Text description taken from language file, e.g. 'Phone number'
3658 function get_user_field_name($field) {
3659 // Some fields have language strings which are not the same as field name.
3660 switch ($field) {
3661 case 'url' : {
3662 return get_string('webpage');
3664 case 'icq' : {
3665 return get_string('icqnumber');
3667 case 'skype' : {
3668 return get_string('skypeid');
3670 case 'aim' : {
3671 return get_string('aimid');
3673 case 'yahoo' : {
3674 return get_string('yahooid');
3676 case 'msn' : {
3677 return get_string('msnid');
3679 case 'picture' : {
3680 return get_string('pictureofuser');
3683 // Otherwise just use the same lang string.
3684 return get_string($field);
3688 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
3690 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
3691 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
3693 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
3694 global $CFG;
3696 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
3697 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3699 return false;
3703 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
3705 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
3706 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
3708 function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
3709 if (empty($auth)) {
3710 return false;
3713 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3715 return in_array($auth, $enabled);
3719 * Returns an authentication plugin instance.
3721 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
3722 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
3724 function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
3725 global $CFG;
3727 // Check the plugin exists first.
3728 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
3729 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
3732 // Return auth plugin instance.
3733 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3734 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
3735 return new $class;
3739 * Returns array of active auth plugins.
3741 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed
3742 * @return array
3744 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
3745 global $CFG;
3747 $default = array('manual', 'nologin');
3749 if (empty($CFG->auth)) {
3750 $auths = array();
3751 } else {
3752 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth);
3755 if ($fix) {
3756 $auths = array_unique($auths);
3757 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
3758 if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname) or in_array($authname, $default)) {
3759 unset($auths[$k]);
3762 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
3763 if (!isset($CFG->auth) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth) {
3764 set_config('auth', $newconfig);
3768 return (array_merge($default, $auths));
3772 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
3773 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed
3775 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3776 * @return bool
3778 function is_internal_auth($auth) {
3779 // Throws error if bad $auth.
3780 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3781 return $authplugin->is_internal();
3785 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
3787 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
3789 * @param string $username username to be checked
3790 * @return bool
3792 function is_restored_user($username) {
3793 global $CFG, $DB;
3795 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'password' => 'restored'));
3799 * Returns an array of user fields
3801 * @return array User field/column names
3803 function get_user_fieldnames() {
3804 global $DB;
3806 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
3807 unset($fieldarray['id']);
3808 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);
3810 return $fieldarray;
3814 * Creates a bare-bones user record
3816 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
3818 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record
3819 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record
3820 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3821 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3823 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
3824 global $CFG, $DB;
3825 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3826 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
3828 // Just in case check text case.
3829 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));
3831 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3832 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3833 $newuser = new stdClass();
3834 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
3835 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
3836 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
3837 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields) || (in_array($key, $customfields))) {
3838 $newuser->$key = $value;
3843 if (!empty($newuser->email)) {
3844 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email)) {
3845 unset($newuser->email);
3849 if (!isset($newuser->city)) {
3850 $newuser->city = '';
3853 $newuser->auth = $auth;
3854 $newuser->username = $username;
3856 // Fix for MDL-8480
3857 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
3858 // or $user->lang is not an installed language.
3859 if (empty($newuser->lang) || !get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang)) {
3860 $newuser->lang = $CFG->lang;
3862 $newuser->confirmed = 1;
3863 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
3864 $newuser->timecreated = time();
3865 $newuser->timemodified = $newuser->timecreated;
3866 $newuser->mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
3868 $newuser->id = user_create_user($newuser, false, false);
3870 // Save user profile data.
3871 profile_save_data($newuser);
3873 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id);
3874 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
3875 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
3877 // Set the password.
3878 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
3880 // Trigger event.
3881 \core\event\user_created::create_from_userid($newuser->id)->trigger();
3883 return $user;
3887 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
3889 * @param string $username user's username to update the record
3890 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3892 function update_user_record($username) {
3893 global $DB, $CFG;
3894 // Just in case check text case.
3895 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username));
3897 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id), '*', MUST_EXIST);
3898 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id);
3902 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
3904 * @param int $id user id
3905 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3907 function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
3908 global $DB, $CFG;
3909 require_once($CFG->dirroot."/user/profile/lib.php");
3910 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
3912 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
3913 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST);
3915 $newuser = array();
3916 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth);
3918 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username)) {
3919 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
3920 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3922 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
3923 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
3924 if (!$iscustom) {
3925 $key = strtolower($key);
3927 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
3928 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
3929 // Unknown or must not be changed.
3930 continue;
3932 if (empty($userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}) || empty($userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key})) {
3933 continue;
3935 $confval = $userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
3936 $lockval = $userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key};
3937 if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
3938 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
3939 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
3940 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
3941 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
3942 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
3943 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
3944 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
3945 if ($iscustom || (in_array($key, $userauth->userfields) &&
3946 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
3947 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
3952 if ($newuser) {
3953 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id;
3954 $newuser['timemodified'] = time();
3955 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false);
3957 // Save user profile data.
3958 profile_save_data((object) $newuser);
3960 // Trigger event.
3961 \core\event\user_updated::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger();
3965 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id);
3969 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
3971 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
3972 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
3974 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
3975 // Define the limits.
3976 $limit = array(
3977 'username' => 100,
3978 'idnumber' => 255,
3979 'firstname' => 100,
3980 'lastname' => 100,
3981 'email' => 100,
3982 'icq' => 15,
3983 'phone1' => 20,
3984 'phone2' => 20,
3985 'institution' => 255,
3986 'department' => 255,
3987 'address' => 255,
3988 'city' => 120,
3989 'country' => 2,
3990 'url' => 255,
3993 // Apply where needed.
3994 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
3995 if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
3996 $info[$key] = trim(core_text::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
4000 return $info;
4004 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
4005 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
4007 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
4009 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
4010 * @return boolean success
4011 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
4013 function delete_user(stdClass $user) {
4014 global $CFG, $DB;
4015 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/grouplib.php');
4016 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
4017 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/message/lib.php');
4018 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php');
4020 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
4021 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
4022 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
4025 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
4026 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id))) {
4027 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
4028 return false;
4031 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
4032 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
4033 if ($user->username === 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
4034 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
4035 return false;
4038 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
4039 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
4040 if ($user->auth === 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
4041 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
4042 return false;
4045 // Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it.
4046 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) {
4047 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4048 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4049 $pluginfunction($user);
4054 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
4055 $olduser = clone $user;
4057 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
4058 $usercontext = context_user::instance($user->id);
4060 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
4061 grade_user_delete($user->id);
4063 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.
4065 // Remove user tags.
4066 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id);
4068 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
4069 enrol_user_delete($user);
4071 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
4072 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
4073 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id));
4075 // Now do a brute force cleanup.
4077 // Remove from all cohorts.
4078 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id));
4080 // Remove from all groups.
4081 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id));
4083 // Brute force unenrol from all courses.
4084 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id));
4086 // Purge user preferences.
4087 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id));
4089 // Purge user extra profile info.
4090 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id));
4092 // Purge log of previous password hashes.
4093 $DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id));
4095 // Last course access not necessary either.
4096 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id));
4097 // Remove all user tokens.
4098 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id));
4100 // Unauthorise the user for all services.
4101 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id));
4103 // Remove users private keys.
4104 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id));
4106 // Remove users customised pages.
4107 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id, 'private' => 1));
4109 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
4110 \core\session\manager::kill_user_sessions($user->id);
4112 // Generate username from email address, or a fake email.
4113 $delemail = !empty($user->email) ? $user->email : $user->username . '.' . $user->id . '@unknownemail.invalid';
4114 $delname = clean_param($delemail . "." . time(), PARAM_USERNAME);
4116 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
4117 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here.
4118 $delname++;
4121 // Mark internal user record as "deleted".
4122 $updateuser = new stdClass();
4123 $updateuser->id = $user->id;
4124 $updateuser->deleted = 1;
4125 $updateuser->username = $delname; // Remember it just in case.
4126 $updateuser->email = md5($user->username);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
4127 $updateuser->idnumber = ''; // Clear this field to free it up.
4128 $updateuser->picture = 0;
4129 $updateuser->timemodified = time();
4131 // Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted.
4132 user_update_user($updateuser, false, false);
4134 // Now do a final accesslib cleanup - removes all role assignments in user context and context itself.
4135 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_USER, $user->id);
4137 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
4138 // Trigger event.
4139 $event = \core\event\user_deleted::create(
4140 array(
4141 'objectid' => $user->id,
4142 'relateduserid' => $user->id,
4143 'context' => $usercontext,
4144 'other' => array(
4145 'username' => $user->username,
4146 'email' => $user->email,
4147 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber,
4148 'picture' => $user->picture,
4149 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
4153 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
4154 $event->trigger();
4156 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
4157 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
4158 $user->timemodified = $updateuser->timemodified;
4160 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
4161 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
4162 $authplugin->user_delete($user);
4164 return true;
4168 * Retrieve the guest user object.
4170 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
4172 function guest_user() {
4173 global $CFG, $DB;
4175 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest))) {
4176 $newuser->confirmed = 1;
4177 $newuser->lang = $CFG->lang;
4178 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr();
4181 return $newuser;
4185 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
4187 * Given a username and password, this function looks them
4188 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
4189 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
4190 * valid $user object from the 'user' table.
4192 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
4194 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
4195 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
4196 * the session up.
4198 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
4200 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
4201 * @param string $password User's password
4202 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
4203 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
4204 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
4206 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null) {
4207 global $CFG, $DB;
4208 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");
4210 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
4211 // we have found the user
4213 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail)) {
4214 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL)) {
4215 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
4216 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'email' => $email);
4217 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
4218 if (count($users) === 1) {
4219 // Use email for login only if unique.
4220 $user = reset($users);
4221 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id);
4222 $username = $user->username;
4224 unset($users);
4228 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
4230 if ($user) {
4231 // Use manual if auth not set.
4232 $auth = empty($user->auth) ? 'manual' : $user->auth;
4234 if (in_array($user->auth, $authsenabled)) {
4235 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
4236 $authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user);
4239 if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
4240 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
4242 // Trigger login failed event.
4243 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4244 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4245 $event->trigger();
4246 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4247 return false;
4249 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
4250 // Legacy way to suspend user.
4251 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
4253 // Trigger login failed event.
4254 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4255 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4256 $event->trigger();
4257 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4258 return false;
4260 $auths = array($auth);
4262 } else {
4263 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
4264 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'deleted' => 1))) {
4265 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
4267 // Trigger login failed event.
4268 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4269 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4270 $event->trigger();
4271 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4272 return false;
4275 // User does not exist.
4276 $auths = $authsenabled;
4277 $user = new stdClass();
4278 $user->id = 0;
4281 if ($ignorelockout) {
4282 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
4283 // or this function is called from a SSO script.
4284 } else if ($user->id) {
4285 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
4286 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
4287 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT;
4289 // Trigger login failed event.
4290 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4291 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4292 $event->trigger();
4294 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4295 return false;
4297 } else {
4298 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
4301 foreach ($auths as $auth) {
4302 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
4304 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
4305 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
4306 continue;
4309 // Successful authentication.
4310 if ($user->id) {
4311 // User already exists in database.
4312 if (empty($user->auth)) {
4313 // For some reason auth isn't set yet.
4314 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id));
4315 $user->auth = $auth;
4318 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
4319 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4320 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4322 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
4323 // Update user record from external DB.
4324 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id);
4326 } else {
4327 // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled.
4328 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation)) {
4329 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED;
4331 // Trigger login failed event.
4332 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4333 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4334 $event->trigger();
4336 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ".
4337 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4338 return false;
4339 } else {
4340 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
4344 $authplugin->sync_roles($user);
4346 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
4347 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
4348 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
4351 if (empty($user->id)) {
4352 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
4353 // Trigger login failed event.
4354 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4355 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4356 $event->trigger();
4357 return false;
4360 if (!empty($user->suspended)) {
4361 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
4362 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED;
4363 // Trigger login failed event.
4364 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4365 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4366 $event->trigger();
4367 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4368 return false;
4371 login_attempt_valid($user);
4372 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK;
4373 return $user;
4376 // Failed if all the plugins have failed.
4377 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL)) {
4378 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4381 if ($user->id) {
4382 login_attempt_failed($user);
4383 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED;
4384 // Trigger login failed event.
4385 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id,
4386 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4387 $event->trigger();
4388 } else {
4389 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER;
4390 // Trigger login failed event.
4391 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4392 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4393 $event->trigger();
4396 return false;
4400 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
4401 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
4402 * and pieces.
4404 * NOTE:
4405 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
4406 * - this function does not set any cookies any more!
4408 * @param stdClass $user
4409 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
4411 function complete_user_login($user) {
4412 global $CFG, $DB, $USER, $SESSION;
4414 \core\session\manager::login_user($user);
4416 // Reload preferences from DB.
4417 unset($USER->preference);
4418 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);
4420 // Update login times.
4421 update_user_login_times();
4423 // Extra session prefs init.
4424 set_login_session_preferences();
4426 // Trigger login event.
4427 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin::create(
4428 array(
4429 'userid' => $USER->id,
4430 'objectid' => $USER->id,
4431 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username),
4434 $event->trigger();
4436 // Queue migrating the messaging data, if we need to.
4437 if (!get_user_preferences('core_message_migrate_data', false, $USER->id)) {
4438 // Check if there are any legacy messages to migrate.
4439 if (\core_message\helper::legacy_messages_exist($USER->id)) {
4440 \core_message\task\migrate_message_data::queue_task($USER->id);
4441 } else {
4442 set_user_preference('core_message_migrate_data', true, $USER->id);
4446 if (isguestuser()) {
4447 // No need to continue when user is THE guest.
4448 return $USER;
4451 if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
4452 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
4453 return $USER;
4456 // Select password change url.
4457 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth);
4459 // Check whether the user should be changing password.
4460 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
4461 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
4462 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
4463 redirect($changeurl);
4464 } else {
4465 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/login/lib.php');
4466 $SESSION->wantsurl = core_login_get_return_url();
4467 redirect($CFG->wwwroot.'/login/change_password.php');
4469 } else {
4470 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
4473 return $USER;
4477 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5).
4479 * @param string $password String to check.
4480 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum.
4482 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) {
4483 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password);
4487 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
4489 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
4491 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
4492 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4493 * @return bool True if password is valid.
4495 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
4496 global $CFG;
4498 if ($user->password === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
4499 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
4500 return false;
4503 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function.
4504 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password)) {
4505 return password_verify($password, $user->password);
4508 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash
4509 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm.
4511 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain) ? $CFG->passwordsaltmain : '';
4512 $validated = false;
4514 if ($user->password === md5($password.$sitesalt)
4515 or $user->password === md5($password)
4516 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt)
4517 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password))) {
4518 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we
4519 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes.
4520 $validated = true;
4522 } else {
4523 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
4524 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i;
4525 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) {
4526 if ($user->password === md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) {
4527 $validated = true;
4528 break;
4534 if ($validated) {
4535 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the
4536 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4537 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4540 return $validated;
4544 * Calculate hash for a plain text password.
4546 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
4547 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4548 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4549 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4550 * be generated quickly.
4551 * @return string The hashed password.
4553 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
4555 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) {
4556 global $CFG;
4558 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
4559 $options = ($fasthash) ? array('cost' => 4) : array();
4561 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT, $options);
4563 if ($generatedhash === false || $generatedhash === null) {
4564 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
4567 return $generatedhash;
4571 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
4573 * The password is updated if:
4574 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
4575 * to the hash of $password).
4576 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
4577 * md5 algorithm).
4579 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
4580 * record to use the current hashing algorithm.
4581 * It will remove Web Services user tokens too.
4583 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
4584 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4585 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4586 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4587 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4588 * be generated quickly.
4589 * @return bool Always returns true.
4591 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) {
4592 global $CFG, $DB;
4594 // Figure out what the hashed password should be.
4595 if (!isset($user->auth)) {
4596 debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth',
4597 DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
4598 $user->auth = $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id));
4600 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
4601 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
4602 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED;
4603 } else {
4604 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash);
4607 $algorithmchanged = false;
4609 if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) {
4610 // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED.
4611 $passwordchanged = ($user->password !== $hashedpassword);
4613 } else if (isset($user->password)) {
4614 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
4615 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password);
4616 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT);
4617 } else {
4618 // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid
4619 // saving it with user_create()
4620 $passwordchanged = true;
4623 if ($passwordchanged || $algorithmchanged) {
4624 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id));
4625 $user->password = $hashedpassword;
4627 // Trigger event.
4628 $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id));
4629 \core\event\user_password_updated::create_from_user($user)->trigger();
4631 // Remove WS user tokens.
4632 if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion)) {
4633 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/webservice/lib.php');
4634 webservice::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id);
4638 return true;
4642 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
4644 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable
4646 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
4647 * @param string $value The value to match for $field.
4648 * @param int $mnethostid
4649 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
4651 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null) {
4652 global $CFG, $DB;
4654 if (!$field || !$value) {
4655 return false;
4658 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
4659 $params = array('fieldval' => $value);
4660 $constraints = "$field = :fieldval AND deleted <> 1";
4662 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
4663 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
4664 if ($field != 'id') {
4665 if (empty($mnethostid)) {
4666 // If empty, we restrict to local users.
4667 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id;
4670 if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
4671 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
4672 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
4675 // Get all the basic user data.
4676 if (! $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params)) {
4677 return false;
4680 // Get various settings and preferences.
4682 // Preload preference cache.
4683 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
4685 // Load course enrolment related stuff.
4686 $user->lastcourseaccess = array(); // During last session.
4687 $user->currentcourseaccess = array(); // During current session.
4688 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id))) {
4689 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
4690 $user->lastcourseaccess[$lastaccess->courseid] = $lastaccess->timeaccess;
4694 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid
4695 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm
4696 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?";
4698 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display.
4699 $user->groupmember = array();
4700 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4701 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id))) {
4702 foreach ($groups as $group) {
4703 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid, $user->groupmember)) {
4704 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid] = array();
4706 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid][$group->id] = $group->id;
4711 // Add cohort theme.
4712 if (!empty($CFG->allowcohortthemes)) {
4713 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/cohort/lib.php');
4714 if ($cohorttheme = cohort_get_user_cohort_theme($user->id)) {
4715 $user->cohorttheme = $cohorttheme;
4719 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
4720 $user->profile = array();
4721 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4722 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php');
4723 profile_load_custom_fields($user);
4726 // Rewrite some variables if necessary.
4727 if (!empty($user->description)) {
4728 // No need to cart all of it around.
4729 $user->description = true;
4731 if (isguestuser($user)) {
4732 // Guest language always same as site.
4733 $user->lang = $CFG->lang;
4734 // Name always in current language.
4735 $user->firstname = get_string('guestuser');
4736 $user->lastname = ' ';
4739 return $user;
4743 * Validate a password against the configured password policy
4745 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
4746 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
4747 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
4749 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg) {
4750 global $CFG;
4752 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
4753 return true;
4756 $errmsg = '';
4757 if (core_text::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength) {
4758 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength) .'</div>';
4761 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits) {
4762 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits) .'</div>';
4765 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower) {
4766 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower) .'</div>';
4769 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper) {
4770 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper) .'</div>';
4773 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) {
4774 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) .'</div>';
4776 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars)) {
4777 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars) .'</div>';
4780 if ($errmsg == '') {
4781 return true;
4782 } else {
4783 return false;
4789 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
4791 function set_login_session_preferences() {
4792 global $SESSION;
4794 $SESSION->justloggedin = true;
4796 unset($SESSION->lang);
4797 unset($SESSION->forcelang);
4798 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin);
4803 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
4805 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
4806 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4807 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4808 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4809 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4811 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
4812 global $DB;
4814 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
4815 $courseid = $courseorid->id;
4816 $course = $courseorid;
4817 } else {
4818 $courseid = $courseorid;
4819 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
4820 return false;
4823 $context = context_course::instance($courseid);
4825 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
4826 if ($courseid == SITEID) {
4827 return false;
4830 // Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it.
4831 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) {
4832 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4833 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4834 $pluginfunction($course);
4839 // Make the course completely empty.
4840 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);
4842 // Delete the course and related context instance.
4843 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $courseid);
4845 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
4846 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));
4848 // Reset all course related caches here.
4849 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) {
4850 format_base::reset_course_cache($courseid);
4853 // Trigger a course deleted event.
4854 $event = \core\event\course_deleted::create(array(
4855 'objectid' => $course->id,
4856 'context' => $context,
4857 'other' => array(
4858 'shortname' => $course->shortname,
4859 'fullname' => $course->fullname,
4860 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
4863 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
4864 $event->trigger();
4866 return true;
4870 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
4872 * This function does not verify any permissions.
4874 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
4875 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
4877 * $options:
4878 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
4879 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
4881 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
4882 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4883 * @param array $options extra options
4884 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4885 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4886 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4888 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
4889 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
4891 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/badgeslib.php');
4892 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
4893 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php');
4894 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
4895 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
4896 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
4897 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/rating/lib.php');
4898 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
4900 // Handle course badges.
4901 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);
4903 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
4904 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';
4906 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
4907 $options = (array)$options;
4909 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST);
4910 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($courseid);
4911 $fs = get_file_storage();
4913 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
4914 $cc = new completion_info($course);
4915 $cc->clear_criteria();
4916 if ($showfeedback) {
4917 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
4920 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
4921 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
4922 // the course modules that own the grades.
4923 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
4924 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);
4926 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
4927 // they may depend on modules so delete them first.
4928 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
4929 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
4930 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id);
4932 unset($childcontexts);
4933 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
4934 if ($showfeedback) {
4935 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
4938 // Get the list of all modules that are properly installed.
4939 $allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id');
4941 // Delete every instance of every module,
4942 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
4943 $locations = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod');
4944 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
4945 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
4946 continue;
4948 if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) {
4949 $sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname
4950 FROM {".$modname."} m
4951 LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid
4952 WHERE m.course = :courseid";
4953 $instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id,
4954 'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname]));
4956 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
4957 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance.
4958 $moddeletecourse = $modname .'_delete_course'; // Delete other stray stuff (uncommon).
4960 if ($instances) {
4961 foreach ($instances as $cm) {
4962 if ($cm->id) {
4963 // Delete activity context questions and question categories.
4964 question_delete_activity($cm, $showfeedback);
4965 // Notify the competency subsystem.
4966 \core_competency\api::hook_course_module_deleted($cm);
4968 if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
4969 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
4970 $moddelete($cm->modinstance);
4971 } else {
4972 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
4973 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
4974 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance));
4977 if ($cm->id) {
4978 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
4979 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
4980 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
4984 if (function_exists($moddeletecourse)) {
4985 // Execute optional course cleanup callback. Deprecated since Moodle 3.2. TODO MDL-53297 remove in 3.6.
4986 debugging("Callback delete_course is deprecated. Function $moddeletecourse should be converted " .
4987 'to observer of event \core\event\course_content_deleted', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
4988 $moddeletecourse($course, $showfeedback);
4990 if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
4991 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
4993 } else {
4994 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
4998 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.
5000 // Delete completion defaults.
5001 $DB->delete_records("course_completion_defaults", array("course" => $courseid));
5003 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
5004 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
5005 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
5006 $DB->delete_records_select('course_modules_completion',
5007 'coursemoduleid IN (SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course=?)',
5008 array($courseid));
5010 // Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks.
5011 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id));
5012 $allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules);
5013 foreach ($cms as $cm) {
5014 if (array_key_exists($cm->module, $allmodulesbyid)) {
5015 try {
5016 $DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module], array('id' => $cm->instance));
5017 } catch (Exception $e) {
5018 // Ignore weird or missing table problems.
5021 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id);
5022 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id));
5025 if ($showfeedback) {
5026 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5029 // Cleanup the rest of plugins. Deprecated since Moodle 3.2. TODO MDL-53297 remove in 3.6.
5030 $cleanuplugintypes = array('report', 'coursereport', 'format');
5031 $callbacks = get_plugins_with_function('delete_course', 'lib.php');
5032 foreach ($cleanuplugintypes as $type) {
5033 if (!empty($callbacks[$type])) {
5034 foreach ($callbacks[$type] as $pluginfunction) {
5035 debugging("Callback delete_course is deprecated. Function $pluginfunction should be converted " .
5036 'to observer of event \core\event\course_content_deleted', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5037 $pluginfunction($course->id, $showfeedback);
5039 if ($showfeedback) {
5040 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_'.$type.'_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5045 // Delete questions and question categories.
5046 question_delete_course($course, $showfeedback);
5047 if ($showfeedback) {
5048 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
5051 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
5052 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5053 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5054 $childcontext->delete();
5056 unset($childcontexts);
5058 // Remove all roles and enrolments by default.
5059 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
5060 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
5061 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id, 'component' => ''), true);
5062 enrol_course_delete($course);
5063 if ($showfeedback) {
5064 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5068 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
5069 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5070 groups_delete_groupings($course->id, $showfeedback);
5071 groups_delete_groups($course->id, $showfeedback);
5074 // Filters be gone!
5075 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id);
5077 // Notes, you shall not pass!
5078 note_delete_all($course->id);
5080 // Die comments!
5081 comment::delete_comments($coursecontext->id);
5083 // Ratings are history too.
5084 $delopt = new stdclass();
5085 $delopt->contextid = $coursecontext->id;
5086 $rm = new rating_manager();
5087 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt);
5089 // Delete course tags.
5090 core_tag_tag::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id);
5092 // Notify the competency subsystem.
5093 \core_competency\api::hook_course_deleted($course);
5095 // Delete calendar events.
5096 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id));
5097 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'calendar');
5099 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
5100 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
5101 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
5102 $tablestoclear = array(
5103 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff.
5104 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
5106 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
5107 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id));
5110 // Delete all course backup files.
5111 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'backup');
5113 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
5114 $oldcourse = new stdClass();
5115 $oldcourse->id = $course->id;
5116 $oldcourse->summary = '';
5117 $oldcourse->cacherev = 0;
5118 $oldcourse->legacyfiles = 0;
5119 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5120 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid = 0;
5122 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);
5124 // Delete course sections.
5125 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id));
5127 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
5128 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.
5130 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
5131 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5132 // Easy, do not delete the context itself...
5133 $coursecontext->delete_content();
5134 } else {
5135 // Hack alert!!!!
5136 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
5137 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
5140 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
5141 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
5142 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot.'/'.$course->id);
5144 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
5145 $cachemodinfo = cache::make('core', 'coursemodinfo');
5146 $cachemodinfo->delete($courseid);
5148 // Trigger a course content deleted event.
5149 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted::create(array(
5150 'objectid' => $course->id,
5151 'context' => $coursecontext,
5152 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname,
5153 'fullname' => $course->fullname,
5154 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
5156 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
5157 $event->trigger();
5159 return true;
5163 * Change dates in module - used from course reset.
5165 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
5166 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
5167 * @param int $timeshift time difference
5168 * @param int $courseid
5169 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
5170 * @return bool success
5172 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
5173 global $CFG, $DB;
5174 include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');
5176 $return = true;
5177 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
5178 foreach ($fields as $field) {
5179 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
5180 SET $field = $field + ?
5181 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
5182 if ($modid) {
5183 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
5184 $params[] = $modid;
5186 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
5189 return $return;
5193 * This function will empty a course of user data.
5194 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
5196 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
5197 * @return array status array of array component, item, error
5199 function reset_course_userdata($data) {
5200 global $CFG, $DB;
5201 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
5202 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php');
5203 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/completion/criteria/completion_criteria_date.php');
5204 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php');
5206 $data->courseid = $data->id;
5207 $context = context_course::instance($data->courseid);
5209 $eventparams = array(
5210 'context' => $context,
5211 'courseid' => $data->id,
5212 'other' => array(
5213 'reset_options' => (array) $data
5216 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started::create($eventparams);
5217 $event->trigger();
5219 // Calculate the time shift of dates.
5220 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date)) {
5221 // Time part of course startdate should be zero.
5222 $data->timeshift = $data->reset_start_date - usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old);
5223 } else {
5224 $data->timeshift = 0;
5227 // Result array: component, item, error.
5228 $status = array();
5230 // Start the resetting.
5231 $componentstr = get_string('general');
5233 // Move the course start time.
5234 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date) and $data->timeshift) {
5235 // Change course start data.
5236 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
5237 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
5238 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
5239 SET timestart = timestart + ?
5240 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
5241 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift, $data->courseid));
5243 // Update any date activity restrictions.
5244 if ($CFG->enableavailability) {
5245 \availability_date\condition::update_all_dates($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
5248 // Update completion expected dates.
5249 if ($CFG->enablecompletion) {
5250 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($data->courseid);
5251 $changed = false;
5252 foreach ($modinfo->get_cms() as $cm) {
5253 if ($cm->completion && !empty($cm->completionexpected)) {
5254 $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'completionexpected', $cm->completionexpected + $data->timeshift,
5255 array('id' => $cm->id));
5256 $changed = true;
5260 // Clear course cache if changes made.
5261 if ($changed) {
5262 rebuild_course_cache($data->courseid, true);
5265 // Update course date completion criteria.
5266 \completion_criteria_date::update_date($data->courseid, $data->timeshift);
5269 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
5272 if (!empty($data->reset_end_date)) {
5273 // If the user set a end date value respect it.
5274 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date, array('id' => $data->courseid));
5275 } else if ($data->timeshift > 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old) {
5276 // If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well.
5277 $enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old + $data->timeshift;
5278 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid));
5281 if (!empty($data->reset_events)) {
5282 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid));
5283 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
5286 if (!empty($data->reset_notes)) {
5287 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php');
5288 note_delete_all($data->courseid);
5289 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
5292 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations)) {
5293 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/blog/lib.php');
5294 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid);
5295 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
5298 if (!empty($data->reset_completion)) {
5299 // Delete course and activity completion information.
5300 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid));
5301 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5302 $cc->delete_all_completion_data();
5303 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5304 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
5307 if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings)) {
5308 \core_competency\api::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid);
5309 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5310 'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false);
5313 $componentstr = get_string('roles');
5315 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides)) {
5316 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5317 foreach ($children as $child) {
5318 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $child->id));
5320 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $context->id));
5321 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5322 $context->mark_dirty();
5323 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5326 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local)) {
5327 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5328 foreach ($children as $child) {
5329 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id));
5331 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5332 $context->mark_dirty();
5333 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5336 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
5337 $data->unenrolled = array();
5338 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users)) {
5339 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5340 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid, true);
5341 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
5342 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol])) {
5343 unset($instances[$key]);
5344 continue;
5348 foreach ($data->unenrol_users as $withroleid) {
5349 if ($withroleid) {
5350 $sql = "SELECT ue.*
5351 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5352 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5353 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5354 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
5355 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
5357 } else {
5358 // Without any role assigned at course context.
5359 $sql = "SELECT ue.*
5360 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5361 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5362 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5363 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
5364 WHERE ra.id IS null";
5365 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE);
5368 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
5369 foreach ($rs as $ue) {
5370 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid])) {
5371 continue;
5373 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid];
5374 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol];
5375 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
5376 continue;
5379 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid);
5380 $data->unenrolled[$ue->userid] = $ue->userid;
5382 $rs->close();
5385 if (!empty($data->unenrolled)) {
5386 $status[] = array(
5387 'component' => $componentstr,
5388 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled).')',
5389 'error' => false
5393 $componentstr = get_string('groups');
5395 // Remove all group members.
5396 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members)) {
5397 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid);
5398 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5401 // Remove all groups.
5402 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove)) {
5403 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid, false);
5404 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5407 // Remove all grouping members.
5408 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members)) {
5409 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid, false);
5410 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5413 // Remove all groupings.
5414 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove)) {
5415 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid, false);
5416 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5419 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
5420 $unsupportedmods = array();
5421 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
5422 foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
5423 $modname = $mod->name;
5424 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
5425 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data.
5426 if (file_exists($modfile)) {
5427 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid))) {
5428 continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
5430 include_once($modfile);
5431 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
5432 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
5433 if (is_array($modstatus)) {
5434 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
5435 } else {
5436 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
5438 } else {
5439 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
5441 } else {
5442 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
5444 // Update calendar events for all modules.
5445 course_module_bulk_update_calendar_events($modname, $data->courseid);
5449 // Mention unsupported mods.
5450 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
5451 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
5452 $status[] = array(
5453 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name),
5454 'item' => '',
5455 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
5460 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
5461 // Reset gradebook,.
5462 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items)) {
5463 remove_course_grades($data->courseid, false);
5464 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid);
5465 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid);
5466 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5468 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades)) {
5469 grade_course_reset($data->courseid);
5470 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5472 // Reset comments.
5473 if (!empty($data->reset_comments)) {
5474 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php');
5475 comment::reset_course_page_comments($context);
5478 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended::create($eventparams);
5479 $event->trigger();
5481 return $status;
5485 * Generate an email processing address.
5487 * @param int $modid
5488 * @param string $modargs
5489 * @return string Returns email processing address
5491 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
5492 global $CFG;
5494 $header = $CFG->mailprefix . substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
5495 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain;
5501 * @todo Finish documenting this function
5503 * @param string $modargs
5504 * @param string $body Currently unused
5506 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
5507 global $DB;
5509 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
5510 switch ($modargs{0}) {
5511 case 'B': { // Bounce.
5512 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
5513 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
5514 // Check the half md5 of their email.
5515 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
5516 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
5517 set_bounce_count($user);
5519 // Else maybe they've already changed it?
5522 break;
5523 // Maybe more later?
5527 // CORRESPONDENCE.
5530 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
5532 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
5533 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
5535 function get_mailer($action='get') {
5536 global $CFG;
5538 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
5539 static $mailer = null;
5540 static $counter = 0;
5542 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
5543 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk = 1;
5546 if ($action == 'get') {
5547 $prevkeepalive = false;
5549 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5550 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk and !$mailer->isError()) {
5551 $counter++;
5552 // Reset the mailer.
5553 $mailer->Priority = 3;
5554 $mailer->CharSet = 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
5555 $mailer->ContentType = "text/plain";
5556 $mailer->Encoding = "8bit";
5557 $mailer->From = "root@localhost";
5558 $mailer->FromName = "Root User";
5559 $mailer->Sender = "";
5560 $mailer->Subject = "";
5561 $mailer->Body = "";
5562 $mailer->AltBody = "";
5563 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo = "";
5565 $mailer->clearAllRecipients();
5566 $mailer->clearReplyTos();
5567 $mailer->clearAttachments();
5568 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
5569 return $mailer;
5572 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive;
5573 get_mailer('flush');
5576 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
5577 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();
5579 $counter = 1;
5581 if ($CFG->smtphosts == 'qmail') {
5582 // Use Qmail system.
5583 $mailer->isQmail();
5585 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts)) {
5586 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
5587 $mailer->isMail();
5589 } else {
5590 // Use SMTP directly.
5591 $mailer->isSMTP();
5592 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp)) {
5593 $mailer->SMTPDebug = 3;
5595 // Specify main and backup servers.
5596 $mailer->Host = $CFG->smtphosts;
5597 // Specify secure connection protocol.
5598 $mailer->SMTPSecure = $CFG->smtpsecure;
5599 // Use previous keepalive.
5600 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = $prevkeepalive;
5602 if ($CFG->smtpuser) {
5603 // Use SMTP authentication.
5604 $mailer->SMTPAuth = true;
5605 $mailer->Username = $CFG->smtpuser;
5606 $mailer->Password = $CFG->smtppass;
5610 return $mailer;
5613 $nothing = null;
5615 // Keep smtp session open after sending.
5616 if ($action == 'buffer') {
5617 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) {
5618 get_mailer('flush');
5619 $m = get_mailer();
5620 if ($m->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5621 $m->SMTPKeepAlive = true;
5624 return $nothing;
5627 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
5628 if ($action == 'flush') {
5629 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5630 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
5631 echo '<pre>'."\n";
5633 $mailer->SmtpClose();
5634 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) {
5635 echo '</pre>';
5638 return $nothing;
5641 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
5642 if ($action == 'close') {
5643 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') {
5644 get_mailer('flush');
5645 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = false;
5647 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
5648 return $nothing;
5653 * A helper function to test for email diversion
5655 * @param string $email
5656 * @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted
5658 function email_should_be_diverted($email) {
5659 global $CFG;
5661 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto)) {
5662 return false;
5665 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept)) {
5666 return true;
5669 $patterns = array_map('trim', explode(',', $CFG->divertallemailsexcept));
5670 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
5671 if (preg_match("/$pattern/", $email)) {
5672 return false;
5676 return true;
5680 * Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path
5682 * @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix.
5683 * @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers.
5685 function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) {
5686 global $CFG;
5688 $urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot);
5689 $base = '@' . $urlinfo['host'];
5691 // If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them
5692 // apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means
5693 // that the id local part should never contain a / character so
5694 // we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot.
5695 if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) {
5696 $base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base;
5699 if (empty($localpart)) {
5700 $localpart = uniqid('', true);
5703 // Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part
5704 // of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart.
5705 $localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart);
5707 return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>';
5711 * Send an email to a specified user
5713 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
5714 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
5715 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
5716 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
5717 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
5718 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in $CFG->tempdir
5719 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
5720 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
5721 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
5722 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
5723 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
5724 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
5725 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
5727 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
5728 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {
5730 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
5732 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id)) {
5733 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5734 return false;
5737 if (empty($user->email)) {
5738 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5739 return false;
5742 if (!empty($user->deleted)) {
5743 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
5744 return false;
5747 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
5748 // Fake email sending in behat.
5749 return true;
5752 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever)) {
5753 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
5754 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL);
5755 return true;
5758 if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email)) {
5759 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
5760 $user = clone($user);
5761 $user->email = $CFG->divertallemailsto;
5764 // Skip mail to suspended users.
5765 if ((isset($user->auth) && $user->auth=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended) && $user->suspended)) {
5766 return true;
5769 if (!validate_email($user->email)) {
5770 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
5771 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
5772 return false;
5775 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
5776 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.");
5777 return false;
5780 // TLD .invalid is specifically reserved for invalid domain names.
5781 // For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}.
5782 if (substr($user->email, -8) == '.invalid') {
5783 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
5784 return true; // This is not an error.
5787 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
5788 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
5789 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
5790 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
5791 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mnet/lib.php');
5793 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
5794 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);
5796 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
5797 $callback,
5798 $messagetext);
5799 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
5800 $callback,
5801 $messagehtml);
5803 $mail = get_mailer();
5805 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
5806 echo '<pre>' . "\n";
5809 $temprecipients = array();
5810 $tempreplyto = array();
5812 // Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address.
5813 $noreplyaddressdefault = 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot);
5814 $noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress) ? $noreplyaddressdefault : $CFG->noreplyaddress;
5816 if (!validate_email($noreplyaddress)) {
5817 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid noreply-email '.s($noreplyaddress));
5818 $noreplyaddress = $noreplyaddressdefault;
5821 // Make up an email address for handling bounces.
5822 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces)) {
5823 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id)).substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16);
5824 $mail->Sender = generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
5825 } else {
5826 $mail->Sender = $noreplyaddress;
5829 // Make sure that the explicit replyto is valid, fall back to the implicit one.
5830 if (!empty($replyto) && !validate_email($replyto)) {
5831 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid replyto-email '.s($replyto));
5832 $replyto = $noreplyaddress;
5835 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
5836 $mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
5837 $mail->FromName = $from;
5838 // Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
5839 // and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
5840 // in a course with the sender.
5841 } else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user)) {
5842 if (!validate_email($from->email)) {
5843 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid from-email '.s($from->email).' - not sending');
5844 // Better not to use $noreplyaddress in this case.
5845 return false;
5847 $mail->From = $from->email;
5848 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
5849 $fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
5850 $fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot);
5851 $fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname);
5852 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
5853 if ($CFG->emailfromvia == EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS) {
5854 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
5856 $mail->FromName = $fromstring;
5857 if (empty($replyto)) {
5858 $tempreplyto[] = array($from->email, fullname($from));
5860 } else {
5861 $mail->From = $noreplyaddress;
5862 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
5863 $fromdetails->name = fullname($from);
5864 $fromdetails->url = preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot);
5865 $fromdetails->siteshortname = format_string($SITE->shortname);
5866 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name;
5867 if ($CFG->emailfromvia != EMAIL_VIA_NEVER) {
5868 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
5870 $mail->FromName = $fromstring;
5871 if (empty($replyto)) {
5872 $tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname'));
5876 if (!empty($replyto)) {
5877 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
5880 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email, fullname($user));
5882 // Set word wrap.
5883 $mail->WordWrap = $wordwrapwidth;
5885 if (!empty($from->customheaders)) {
5886 // Add custom headers.
5887 if (is_array($from->customheaders)) {
5888 foreach ($from->customheaders as $customheader) {
5889 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
5891 } else {
5892 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders);
5896 // If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional
5897 // header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from,
5898 // either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user().
5899 if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) {
5901 $stack = debug_backtrace(false);
5902 $origin = $stack[0];
5904 foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) {
5905 if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') {
5906 $origin = $call;
5910 $originheader = $CFG->wwwroot . ' => ' . gethostname() . ':'
5911 . str_replace($CFG->dirroot . '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line'];
5912 $mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader);
5915 if (!empty($from->priority)) {
5916 $mail->Priority = $from->priority;
5919 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core');
5920 $context = array(
5921 'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname,
5922 'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname,
5923 'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot,
5924 'subject' => $subject,
5925 'to' => $user->email,
5926 'toname' => fullname($user),
5927 'from' => $mail->From,
5928 'fromname' => $mail->FromName,
5930 if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) {
5931 $context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0];
5932 $context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1];
5934 if ($user->id > 0) {
5935 $context['touserid'] = $user->id;
5936 $context['tousername'] = $user->username;
5939 if (!empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
5940 // Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email.
5942 if ($messagehtml) {
5943 // If html has been given then pass it through the template.
5944 $context['body'] = $messagehtml;
5945 $messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
5947 } else {
5948 // If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then
5949 // auto convert the text to html and then wrap it.
5950 $autohtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext));
5951 $context['body'] = $autohtml;
5952 $temphtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
5953 if ($autohtml != $temphtml) {
5954 $messagehtml = $temphtml;
5959 $context['body'] = $messagetext;
5960 $mail->Subject = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context);
5961 $mail->FromName = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context);
5962 $messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context);
5964 // Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing.
5965 if (empty($mail->MessageID)) {
5966 $mail->MessageID = generate_email_messageid();
5969 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) {
5970 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
5971 $mail->isHTML(true);
5972 $mail->Encoding = 'quoted-printable';
5973 $mail->Body = $messagehtml;
5974 $mail->AltBody = "\n$messagetext\n";
5975 } else {
5976 $mail->IsHTML(false);
5977 $mail->Body = "\n$messagetext\n";
5980 if ($attachment && $attachname) {
5981 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
5982 // Security check for ".." in dir path.
5983 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
5984 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email, fullname($supportuser, true));
5985 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
5986 } else {
5987 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/filelib.php');
5988 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);
5990 $attachmentpath = $attachment;
5992 // Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction).
5993 $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', $attachmentpath);
5994 // Make sure both variables are normalised before comparing.
5995 $temppath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($CFG->tempdir));
5997 // If the attachment is a full path to a file in the tempdir, use it as is,
5998 // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons).
5999 if (strpos($attachpath, $temppath) !== 0) {
6000 $attachmentpath = $CFG->dataroot . '/' . $attachmentpath;
6003 $mail->addAttachment($attachmentpath, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
6007 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
6008 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset) || !empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset))) {
6010 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
6011 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset;
6012 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset)) {
6013 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id)) {
6014 $charset = $useremailcharset;
6018 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
6019 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
6020 unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
6021 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
6022 $mail->CharSet = $charset;
6023 $mail->FromName = core_text::convert($mail->FromName, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6024 $mail->Subject = core_text::convert($mail->Subject, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6025 $mail->Body = core_text::convert($mail->Body, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6026 $mail->AltBody = core_text::convert($mail->AltBody, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6028 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
6029 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6031 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
6032 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6037 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
6038 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
6040 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
6041 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
6044 if ($mail->send()) {
6045 set_send_count($user);
6046 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
6047 echo '</pre>';
6049 return true;
6050 } else {
6051 // Trigger event for failing to send email.
6052 $event = \core\event\email_failed::create(array(
6053 'context' => context_system::instance(),
6054 'userid' => $from->id,
6055 'relateduserid' => $user->id,
6056 'other' => array(
6057 'subject' => $subject,
6058 'message' => $messagetext,
6059 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
6062 $event->trigger();
6063 if (CLI_SCRIPT) {
6064 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo);
6066 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) {
6067 echo '</pre>';
6069 return false;
6074 * Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field.
6076 * @param object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from.
6077 * @param object $user The user object that we are sending the email to.
6078 * @param array $unused No longer used.
6079 * @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field.
6081 function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $unused = null) {
6082 global $CFG;
6083 if (!isset($CFG->allowedemaildomains) || empty(trim($CFG->allowedemaildomains))) {
6084 return false;
6086 $alloweddomains = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->allowedemaildomains));
6087 // Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
6088 // and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
6089 // in a course with the sender.
6090 if (\core\ip_utils::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email, strpos($from->email, '@') + 1), $alloweddomains)
6091 && ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE
6092 || ($from->maildisplay == core_user::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY
6093 && enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) {
6094 return true;
6096 return false;
6100 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
6102 * @return string
6104 function generate_email_signoff() {
6105 global $CFG;
6107 $signoff = "\n";
6108 if (!empty($CFG->supportname)) {
6109 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname."\n";
6111 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail)) {
6112 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail."\n";
6114 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) {
6115 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage."\n";
6117 return $signoff;
6121 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6123 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6124 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
6125 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
6127 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
6128 global $CFG, $DB;
6130 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
6131 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
6132 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
6133 $lang = empty($user->lang) ? $CFG->lang : $user->lang;
6135 $site = get_site();
6137 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6139 $newpassword = generate_password();
6141 update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash);
6143 $a = new stdClass();
6144 $a->firstname = fullname($user, true);
6145 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6146 $a->username = $user->username;
6147 $a->newpassword = $newpassword;
6148 $a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/';
6149 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff();
6151 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);
6153 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);
6155 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6156 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6161 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6163 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6164 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6166 function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
6167 global $CFG;
6169 $site = get_site();
6170 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6172 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
6173 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) {
6174 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
6175 return false;
6178 $newpassword = generate_password();
6180 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
6181 print_error("cannotsetpassword");
6184 $a = new stdClass();
6185 $a->firstname = $user->firstname;
6186 $a->lastname = $user->lastname;
6187 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6188 $a->username = $user->username;
6189 $a->newpassword = $newpassword;
6190 $a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php';
6191 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff();
6193 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);
6195 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');
6197 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.
6199 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6200 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6204 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
6206 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6207 * @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL
6208 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6210 function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) {
6211 global $CFG;
6213 $site = get_site();
6214 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6216 $data = new stdClass();
6217 $data->firstname = fullname($user);
6218 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6219 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
6221 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6223 if (empty($confirmationurl)) {
6224 $confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php';
6227 $confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl);
6228 // Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later.
6229 $confirmationurl->remove_params('data');
6230 $confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false);
6232 // We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link.
6233 // Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly.
6234 // Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url.
6235 $hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false;
6236 // Perform normal url encoding of the username first.
6237 $username = urlencode($user->username);
6238 // Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients.
6239 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username);
6241 $data->link = $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ? '&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret .'/'. $username;
6243 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
6244 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);
6246 $user->mailformat = 1; // Always send HTML version as well.
6248 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6249 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
6253 * Sends a password change confirmation email.
6255 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6256 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
6257 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6259 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
6260 global $CFG;
6262 $site = get_site();
6263 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6264 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime) ? floor($CFG->pwresettime / MINSECS) : 30;
6266 $data = new stdClass();
6267 $data->firstname = $user->firstname;
6268 $data->lastname = $user->lastname;
6269 $data->username = $user->username;
6270 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6271 $data->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token;
6272 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
6273 $data->resetminutes = $pwresetmins;
6275 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
6276 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6278 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6279 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6284 * Sends an email containinginformation on how to change your password.
6286 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6287 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6289 function send_password_change_info($user) {
6290 global $CFG;
6292 $site = get_site();
6293 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user();
6294 $systemcontext = context_system::instance();
6296 $data = new stdClass();
6297 $data->firstname = $user->firstname;
6298 $data->lastname = $user->lastname;
6299 $data->username = $user->username;
6300 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname);
6301 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff();
6303 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth);
6305 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth) or $user->auth == 'nologin') {
6306 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
6307 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6308 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6309 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6312 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and $userauth->change_password_url()) {
6313 // We have some external url for password changing.
6314 $data->link .= $userauth->change_password_url();
6316 } else {
6317 // No way to change password, sorry.
6318 $data->link = '';
6321 if (!empty($data->link) and has_capability('moodle/user:changeownpassword', $systemcontext, $user->id)) {
6322 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfo', '', $data);
6323 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6324 } else {
6325 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfofail', '', $data);
6326 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname));
6329 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6330 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6335 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem.
6337 * @param string $email Content of email
6338 * @return string|false
6340 function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
6341 global $CFG;
6343 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses)) {
6344 $allowed = explode(' ', $CFG->allowemailaddresses);
6345 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
6346 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
6347 if (!$allowedpattern) {
6348 continue;
6350 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6351 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6352 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6353 return false;
6356 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6357 return false;
6360 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses);
6362 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses)) {
6363 $denied = explode(' ', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
6364 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
6365 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
6366 if (!$deniedpattern) {
6367 continue;
6369 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6370 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6371 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6372 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
6375 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6376 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses);
6381 return false;
6384 // FILE HANDLING.
6387 * Returns local file storage instance
6389 * @return file_storage
6391 function get_file_storage($reset = false) {
6392 global $CFG;
6394 static $fs = null;
6396 if ($reset) {
6397 $fs = null;
6398 return;
6401 if ($fs) {
6402 return $fs;
6405 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6407 $fs = new file_storage();
6409 return $fs;
6413 * Returns local file storage instance
6415 * @return file_browser
6417 function get_file_browser() {
6418 global $CFG;
6420 static $fb = null;
6422 if ($fb) {
6423 return $fb;
6426 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6428 $fb = new file_browser();
6430 return $fb;
6434 * Returns file packer
6436 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip
6437 * @return file_packer
6439 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
6440 global $CFG;
6442 static $fp = array();
6444 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
6445 return $fp[$mimetype];
6448 switch ($mimetype) {
6449 case 'application/zip':
6450 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
6451 $classname = 'zip_packer';
6452 break;
6454 case 'application/x-gzip' :
6455 $classname = 'tgz_packer';
6456 break;
6458 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
6459 $classname = 'mbz_packer';
6460 break;
6462 default:
6463 return false;
6466 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
6467 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();
6469 return $fp[$mimetype];
6473 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
6475 * @param string $newfile File to be verified
6476 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true
6478 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
6479 if (empty($newfile)) {
6480 return '';
6482 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
6483 return $newfile['tmp_name'];
6484 } else {
6485 return '';
6490 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
6492 * There are seven possible upload limits:
6493 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
6494 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6495 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6496 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6497 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
6498 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
6499 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
6501 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
6502 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
6503 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
6505 * @todo Finish documenting this function
6507 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6508 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6509 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6510 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6511 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6513 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) {
6515 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
6516 $filesize = '5M';
6518 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);
6520 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
6521 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
6522 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
6523 $minimumsize = $postsize;
6527 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6528 $minimumsize = $sitebytes;
6531 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6532 $minimumsize = $coursebytes;
6535 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6536 $minimumsize = $modulebytes;
6539 return $minimumsize;
6543 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
6545 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
6547 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
6548 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6549 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6550 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6551 * @param stdClass $user The user
6552 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6553 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6555 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null,
6556 $unused = false) {
6557 global $USER;
6559 if (empty($user)) {
6560 $user = $USER;
6563 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
6564 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS;
6567 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
6571 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
6573 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
6574 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
6575 * local language.
6577 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
6579 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
6580 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
6582 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC
6583 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6584 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6585 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6586 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
6587 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
6588 * @return array
6590 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
6591 global $CFG;
6593 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
6594 return array();
6597 if ($sitebytes == 0) {
6598 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
6599 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
6602 $filesize = array();
6603 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
6604 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600,
6605 262144000, 524288000, 786432000, 1073741824,
6606 2147483648, 4294967296, 8589934592);
6608 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
6609 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
6610 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
6611 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
6612 $sizelist[] = $custombytes;
6614 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
6615 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
6618 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
6619 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes), $sizelist)) {
6620 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
6621 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes);
6624 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
6625 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
6626 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes);
6630 $limitlevel = '';
6631 $displaysize = '';
6632 if ($modulebytes &&
6633 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes || $coursebytes == 0) &&
6634 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0))) {
6635 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
6636 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes);
6637 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6639 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0)) {
6640 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
6641 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes);
6642 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6644 } else if ($sitebytes) {
6645 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
6646 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes);
6647 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6650 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC);
6651 if ($limitlevel) {
6652 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
6653 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) + $filesize;
6656 return $filesize;
6660 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
6662 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
6663 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
6664 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
6665 * (at least one of these must be true!)
6667 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
6669 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
6670 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
6671 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
6672 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
6673 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
6674 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
6676 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {
6678 $dirs = array();
6680 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show.
6681 return $dirs;
6684 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory.
6685 return $dirs;
6688 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason.
6689 return $dirs;
6692 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
6693 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
6696 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6697 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6698 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
6699 continue;
6701 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6702 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6703 if ($getdirs) {
6704 $dirs[] = $file;
6706 if ($descend) {
6707 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
6708 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
6709 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
6712 } else if ($getfiles) {
6713 $dirs[] = $file;
6716 closedir($dir);
6718 asort($dirs);
6720 return $dirs;
6725 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
6727 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from
6728 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
6729 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
6731 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
6732 global $CFG;
6734 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
6735 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu))) {
6736 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
6737 $output = null;
6738 $return = null;
6739 exec($command, $output, $return);
6740 if (is_array($output)) {
6741 // We told it to return k.
6742 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
6746 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
6747 // Must be a directory.
6748 return 0;
6751 if (!$dir = @opendir($rootdir)) {
6752 // Can't open it for some reason.
6753 return 0;
6756 $size = 0;
6758 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6759 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6760 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
6761 continue;
6763 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6764 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6765 $size += get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
6766 } else {
6767 $size += filesize($fullfile);
6770 closedir($dir);
6772 return $size;
6776 * Converts bytes into display form
6778 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes
6779 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes
6780 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes
6781 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes
6782 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form
6783 * @return string
6785 function display_size($size) {
6787 static $gb, $mb, $kb, $b;
6789 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS) {
6790 return get_string('unlimited');
6793 if (empty($gb)) {
6794 $gb = get_string('sizegb');
6795 $mb = get_string('sizemb');
6796 $kb = get_string('sizekb');
6797 $b = get_string('sizeb');
6800 if ($size >= 1073741824) {
6801 $size = round($size / 1073741824 * 10) / 10 . $gb;
6802 } else if ($size >= 1048576) {
6803 $size = round($size / 1048576 * 10) / 10 . $mb;
6804 } else if ($size >= 1024) {
6805 $size = round($size / 1024 * 10) / 10 . $kb;
6806 } else {
6807 $size = intval($size) .' '. $b; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway.
6809 return $size;
6813 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
6815 * @see clean_param()
6816 * @param string $string file name
6817 * @return string cleaned file name
6819 function clean_filename($string) {
6820 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE);
6823 // STRING TRANSLATION.
6826 * Returns the code for the current language
6828 * @category string
6829 * @return string
6831 function current_language() {
6832 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE;
6834 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) {
6835 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
6836 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
6837 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
6838 // specific language (see force_current_language()).
6839 $return = $SESSION->forcelang;
6841 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) and $COURSE->id != SITEID and !empty($COURSE->lang)) {
6842 // Course language can override all other settings for this page.
6843 $return = $COURSE->lang;
6845 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) {
6846 // Session language can override other settings.
6847 $return = $SESSION->lang;
6849 } else if (!empty($USER->lang)) {
6850 $return = $USER->lang;
6852 } else if (isset($CFG->lang)) {
6853 $return = $CFG->lang;
6855 } else {
6856 $return = 'en';
6859 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
6860 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);
6862 return $return;
6866 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined
6868 * @category string
6869 * @param string $lang null means current language
6870 * @return string
6872 function get_parent_language($lang=null) {
6874 // Let's hack around the current language.
6875 if (!empty($lang)) {
6876 $oldforcelang = force_current_language($lang);
6879 $parentlang = get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig');
6880 if ($parentlang === 'en') {
6881 $parentlang = '';
6884 // Let's hack around the current language.
6885 if (!empty($lang)) {
6886 force_current_language($oldforcelang);
6889 return $parentlang;
6893 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
6895 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
6896 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
6898 * @param string $language
6899 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
6901 function force_current_language($language) {
6902 global $SESSION;
6903 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang) ? $SESSION->forcelang : '';
6904 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
6905 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect.
6906 if (empty($language) || get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
6907 $SESSION->forcelang = $language;
6908 moodle_setlocale();
6911 return $sessionforcelang;
6915 * Returns current string_manager instance.
6917 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
6918 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
6920 * @category string
6921 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
6922 * @return core_string_manager
6924 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
6925 global $CFG;
6927 static $singleton = null;
6929 if ($forcereload) {
6930 $singleton = null;
6932 if ($singleton === null) {
6933 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang)) {
6935 if (empty($CFG->langlist)) {
6936 $translist = array();
6937 } else {
6938 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist);
6941 if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'])) {
6942 $classname = $CFG->config_php_settings['customstringmanager'];
6944 if (class_exists($classname)) {
6945 $implements = class_implements($classname);
6947 if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) {
6948 $singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist);
6949 return $singleton;
6951 } else {
6952 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.
6953 ' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.');
6956 } else {
6957 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.');
6961 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist);
6963 } else {
6964 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
6968 return $singleton;
6972 * Returns a localized string.
6974 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
6975 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp.
6976 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used
6977 * within translation strings
6979 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
6980 * or 'hello {$a}'
6982 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
6983 * the function {@link print_string()}
6985 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
6986 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
6987 * to retrieve it.<br/>
6988 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
6989 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
6990 * <code>
6991 * $string['course'] = 'Course';
6992 * </code>
6993 * So if you want to display the string 'Course'
6994 * in any language that supports it on your site
6995 * you just need to use the identifier 'course'
6996 * <code>
6997 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
6998 * or
6999 * </code>
7000 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
7001 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
7002 * around line 75:
7003 * <code>
7004 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
7005 * </code>
7006 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
7007 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
7008 * (because it is in the file calendar.php):
7009 * <code>
7010 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
7011 * </code>
7013 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
7014 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
7016 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
7017 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
7018 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
7019 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
7020 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
7021 * (string)$stringobject
7022 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
7023 * echo $stringobject
7024 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
7025 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
7026 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
7027 * But you should never do that anyway!
7028 * For more information {@link lang_string}
7030 * @category string
7031 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7032 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
7033 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
7034 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
7035 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7036 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used
7037 * within translation strings
7038 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
7039 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
7040 * @return string The localized string.
7041 * @throws coding_exception
7043 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
7044 global $CFG;
7046 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
7047 // instead.
7048 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
7049 // used to be a forth argument at one point.
7050 if ($lazyload === true) {
7051 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7054 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
7055 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7058 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
7059 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
7060 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
7061 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
7064 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) {
7065 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
7066 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7067 $componentpath = explode('/', $component);
7069 switch ($componentpath[0]) {
7070 case 'mod':
7071 $component = $componentpath[1];
7072 break;
7073 case 'blocks':
7074 case 'block':
7075 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
7076 break;
7077 case 'enrol':
7078 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
7079 break;
7080 case 'format':
7081 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
7082 break;
7083 case 'grade':
7084 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
7085 break;
7089 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7091 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
7092 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
7093 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
7095 return $result;
7099 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
7101 * @param array $array An array of strings
7102 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
7103 * @return stdClass translated strings.
7105 function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
7106 $string = new stdClass;
7107 foreach ($array as $item) {
7108 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
7110 return $string;
7114 * Prints out a translated string.
7116 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
7118 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7119 * <code>
7120 * echo '<strong>';
7121 * print_string('course');
7122 * echo '</strong>';
7123 * </code>
7125 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7126 * <code>
7127 * echo '<h1>';
7128 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
7129 * echo '</h1>';
7130 * </code>
7132 * @category string
7133 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7134 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7135 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
7137 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
7138 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7142 * Returns a list of charset codes
7144 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
7145 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
7147 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
7149 function get_list_of_charsets() {
7151 $charsets = array(
7152 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP',
7153 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
7154 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
7155 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS',
7156 'GB2312' => 'GB2312',
7157 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
7158 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8');
7160 asort($charsets);
7162 return $charsets;
7166 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
7168 * @return array
7170 function get_list_of_themes() {
7171 global $CFG;
7173 $themes = array();
7175 if (!empty($CFG->themelist)) { // Use admin's list of themes.
7176 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist);
7177 } else {
7178 $themelist = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list("theme"));
7181 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
7182 $theme = theme_config::load($themename);
7183 $themes[$themename] = $theme;
7186 core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');
7188 return $themes;
7192 * Factory function for emoticon_manager
7194 * @return emoticon_manager singleton
7196 function get_emoticon_manager() {
7197 static $singleton = null;
7199 if (is_null($singleton)) {
7200 $singleton = new emoticon_manager();
7203 return $singleton;
7207 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
7209 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
7210 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
7211 * altidentifier and altcomponent
7213 * @see admin_setting_emoticons
7215 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
7216 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7218 class emoticon_manager {
7221 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons
7223 * @return array of emoticon objects
7225 public function get_emoticons() {
7226 global $CFG;
7228 if (empty($CFG->emoticons)) {
7229 return array();
7232 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons);
7234 if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
7235 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
7236 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL);
7237 return array();
7240 return $emoticons;
7244 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
7246 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
7247 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
7248 * @return pix_emoticon
7250 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass $emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
7251 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
7252 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent)) {
7253 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent);
7254 } else {
7255 $alt = s($emoticon->text);
7257 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent, $attributes);
7261 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
7263 * @see self::decode_stored_config()
7264 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
7265 * @return string
7267 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
7268 return json_encode($emoticons);
7272 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
7274 * @see self::encode_stored_config()
7275 * @param string $encoded
7276 * @return string|null
7278 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
7279 $decoded = json_decode($encoded);
7280 if (!is_array($decoded)) {
7281 return null;
7283 return $decoded;
7287 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
7289 * @return array of sdtClasses
7291 public function default_emoticons() {
7292 return array(
7293 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7294 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7295 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
7296 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
7297 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
7298 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
7299 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7300 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7301 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
7302 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
7303 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
7304 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
7305 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7306 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7307 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
7308 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
7309 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
7310 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
7311 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
7312 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7313 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7314 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
7315 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
7316 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
7317 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7318 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7319 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
7320 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
7321 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
7322 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
7327 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
7329 * @param string|array $text or array of strings
7330 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7331 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
7332 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
7333 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7334 * @return stdClass
7336 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
7337 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
7338 return (object)array(
7339 'text' => $text,
7340 'imagename' => $imagename,
7341 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
7342 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier,
7343 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent,
7348 // ENCRYPTION.
7351 * rc4encrypt
7353 * @param string $data Data to encrypt.
7354 * @return string The now encrypted data.
7356 function rc4encrypt($data) {
7357 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
7361 * rc4decrypt
7363 * @param string $data Data to decrypt.
7364 * @return string The now decrypted data.
7366 function rc4decrypt($data) {
7367 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
7371 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
7373 * @todo Finish documenting this function
7375 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
7376 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
7377 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
7378 * @return string
7380 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {
7382 if ($case == 'de') {
7383 $data = urldecode($data);
7386 $key[] = '';
7387 $box[] = '';
7388 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd);
7390 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
7391 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i % $pwdlength), 1));
7392 $box[$i] = $i;
7395 $x = 0;
7397 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) {
7398 $x = ($x + $box[$i] + $key[$i]) % 256;
7399 $tempswap = $box[$i];
7400 $box[$i] = $box[$x];
7401 $box[$x] = $tempswap;
7404 $cipher = '';
7406 $a = 0;
7407 $j = 0;
7409 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++) {
7410 $a = ($a + 1) % 256;
7411 $j = ($j + $box[$a]) % 256;
7412 $temp = $box[$a];
7413 $box[$a] = $box[$j];
7414 $box[$j] = $temp;
7415 $k = $box[(($box[$a] + $box[$j]) % 256)];
7416 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^ $k;
7417 $cipher .= chr($cipherby);
7420 if ($case == 'de') {
7421 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
7422 } else {
7423 $cipher = urlencode($cipher);
7426 return $cipher;
7429 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.
7432 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
7434 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
7435 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
7437 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
7438 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
7439 return core_component::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
7443 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
7444 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
7446 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
7447 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7448 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7449 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7450 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7451 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7452 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
7453 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
7455 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
7456 global $CFG;
7458 // We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included.
7459 $plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false);
7461 if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) {
7462 return array();
7465 $allplugins = core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7467 // Reformat the array and include the files.
7468 $pluginfunctions = array();
7469 foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) {
7471 // Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available.
7472 if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) {
7474 $filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file;
7475 if (file_exists($filepath)) {
7476 include_once($filepath);
7477 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname;
7482 return $pluginfunctions;
7486 * Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file.
7488 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7489 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7490 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7491 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7492 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7493 * @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not.
7494 * @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname
7496 function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true) {
7497 global $CFG;
7499 if (during_initial_install() || isset($CFG->upgraderunning)) {
7500 // API functions _must not_ be called during an installation or upgrade.
7501 return [];
7504 $cache = \cache::make('core', 'plugin_functions');
7506 // Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name.
7507 // Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
7508 $key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA);
7509 $pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key);
7511 // Use the plugin manager to check that plugins are currently installed.
7512 $pluginmanager = \core_plugin_manager::instance();
7514 if ($pluginfunctions !== false) {
7516 // Checking that the files are still available.
7517 foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
7519 $allplugins = \core_component::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7520 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
7521 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $function) {
7522 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
7523 // Plugin code is still present on disk but it is not installed.
7524 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7525 continue;
7528 // Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available.
7529 if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) {
7530 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7531 continue;
7534 $fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
7535 if ($include && $fileexists) {
7536 // Include the files if it was requested.
7537 include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR . $file);
7538 } else if (!$fileexists) {
7539 // If the file is not available any more it should not be returned.
7540 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7544 return $pluginfunctions;
7547 $pluginfunctions = array();
7549 // To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled.
7550 $plugintypes = \core_component::get_plugin_types();
7551 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) {
7553 // We need to include files here.
7554 $pluginswithfile = \core_component::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
7555 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
7556 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {
7558 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
7559 continue;
7562 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;
7564 $pluginfunction = false;
7565 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
7566 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
7567 $pluginfunction = $fullfunction;
7569 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
7570 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
7571 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
7572 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
7573 $pluginfunction = $shortfunction;
7577 if ($pluginfunction) {
7578 if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) {
7579 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array();
7581 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction;
7586 $cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions);
7588 return $pluginfunctions;
7593 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
7595 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
7596 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
7598 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
7600 * @param string $directory relative directory from root
7601 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
7602 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
7603 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
7605 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
7606 global $CFG;
7608 $plugins = array();
7610 if (empty($basedir)) {
7611 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot .'/'. $directory;
7613 } else {
7614 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
7617 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper and empty($exclude)) {
7618 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
7619 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!
7621 $subtypes = core_component::get_plugin_types();
7622 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
7623 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7625 unset($subtypes);
7628 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
7629 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
7630 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7631 return array();
7633 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
7634 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1).
7635 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or
7636 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) {
7637 continue;
7639 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
7640 continue;
7642 $plugins[] = $dir;
7644 closedir($dirhandle);
7646 if ($plugins) {
7647 asort($plugins);
7649 return $plugins;
7653 * Invoke plugin's callback functions
7655 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7656 * @param string $name plugin name
7657 * @param string $feature feature name
7658 * @param string $action feature's action
7659 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
7660 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7661 * @return mixed
7663 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
7665 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) {
7666 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default);
7670 * Invoke component's callback functions
7672 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7673 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7674 * @param array $params parameters of callback function
7675 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7676 * @return mixed
7678 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) {
7680 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);
7682 if ($functionname) {
7683 // Function exists, so just return function result.
7684 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
7685 if (is_null($ret)) {
7686 return $default;
7687 } else {
7688 return $ret;
7691 return $default;
7695 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
7696 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
7697 * called directly.
7699 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7700 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7701 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
7702 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
7704 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
7705 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.
7707 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT);
7708 if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
7709 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7711 $component = $cleancomponent;
7713 list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component);
7714 $component = $type . '_' . $name;
7716 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
7717 $function = $component.'_'.$function;
7719 $dir = core_component::get_component_directory($component);
7720 if (empty($dir)) {
7721 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7724 // Load library and look for function.
7725 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
7726 require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
7729 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
7730 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
7731 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
7733 $function = $oldfunction;
7736 if (function_exists($function)) {
7737 return $function;
7739 return false;
7743 * Call the specified callback method on the provided class.
7745 * If the callback returns null, then the default value is returned instead.
7746 * If the class does not exist, then the default value is returned.
7748 * @param string $classname The name of the class to call upon.
7749 * @param string $methodname The name of the staticically defined method on the class.
7750 * @param array $params The arguments to pass into the method.
7751 * @param mixed $default The default value.
7752 * @return mixed The return value.
7754 function component_class_callback($classname, $methodname, array $params, $default = null) {
7755 if (!class_exists($classname)) {
7756 return $default;
7759 if (!method_exists($classname, $methodname)) {
7760 return $default;
7763 $fullfunction = $classname . '::' . $methodname;
7764 $result = call_user_func_array($fullfunction, $params);
7766 if (null === $result) {
7767 return $default;
7768 } else {
7769 return $result;
7774 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
7776 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7777 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
7778 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
7779 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
7780 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
7781 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
7782 * @throws coding_exception
7784 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
7785 global $CFG;
7787 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
7788 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
7789 return false;
7792 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT);
7793 if (empty($component)) {
7794 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
7797 $function = null;
7799 if ($type === 'mod') {
7800 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
7801 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
7802 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
7803 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
7804 $function = $component.'_supports';
7805 if (!function_exists($function)) {
7806 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
7807 $function = $name.'_supports';
7811 } else {
7812 if (!$path = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
7813 // Non existent plugin type.
7814 return false;
7816 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
7817 include_once("$path/lib.php");
7818 $function = $component.'_supports';
7822 if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
7823 $supports = $function($feature);
7824 if (is_null($supports)) {
7825 // Plugin does not know - use default.
7826 return $default;
7827 } else {
7828 return $supports;
7832 // Plugin does not care, so use default.
7833 return $default;
7837 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
7839 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
7841 * @param string $version The version of php being tested.
7842 * @return bool
7844 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
7845 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
7849 * Determine if moodle installation requires update.
7851 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
7852 * if there are any mismatches.
7854 * @return bool
7856 function moodle_needs_upgrading() {
7857 global $CFG;
7859 if (empty($CFG->version)) {
7860 return true;
7863 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
7864 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
7865 // every upgrade.
7867 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash)) {
7868 return true;
7871 $hash = core_component::get_all_versions_hash();
7873 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash);
7877 * Returns the major version of this site
7879 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
7880 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
7881 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
7882 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
7883 * the main version.php.
7885 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
7886 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
7888 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
7889 global $CFG;
7891 if ($fromdisk) {
7892 $release = null;
7893 require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php');
7894 if (empty($release)) {
7895 return false;
7898 } else {
7899 if (empty($CFG->release)) {
7900 return false;
7902 $release = $CFG->release;
7905 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
7906 return $matches[0];
7907 } else {
7908 return false;
7912 // MISCELLANEOUS.
7915 * Sets the system locale
7917 * @category string
7918 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
7920 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
7921 global $CFG;
7923 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.
7925 $oldlocale = $currentlocale;
7927 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
7928 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') {
7929 $stringtofetch = 'localewin';
7930 } else {
7931 $stringtofetch = 'locale';
7934 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
7935 if (!empty($locale)) {
7936 $currentlocale = $locale;
7937 } else if (!empty($CFG->locale)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
7938 $currentlocale = $CFG->locale;
7939 } else {
7940 $currentlocale = get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
7943 // Do nothing if locale already set up.
7944 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
7945 return;
7948 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
7949 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
7950 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.
7952 // Get current values.
7953 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY, 0);
7954 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, 0);
7955 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, 0);
7956 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
7957 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, 0);
7959 // Set locale to all.
7960 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL, $currentlocale);
7961 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
7962 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
7963 if ($result === false) {
7964 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
7965 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
7966 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
7967 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
7968 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
7969 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale);
7972 // Set old values.
7973 setlocale (LC_MONETARY, $monetary);
7974 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, $numeric);
7975 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') {
7976 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, $messages);
7978 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
7979 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
7980 setlocale (LC_CTYPE, $ctype);
7985 * Count words in a string.
7987 * Words are defined as things between whitespace.
7989 * @category string
7990 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words.
7991 * @return int The count of words in the specified string
7993 function count_words($string) {
7994 $string = strip_tags($string);
7995 // Decode HTML entities.
7996 $string = html_entity_decode($string);
7997 // Replace underscores (which are classed as word characters) with spaces.
7998 $string = preg_replace('/_/u', ' ', $string);
7999 // Remove any characters that shouldn't be treated as word boundaries.
8000 $string = preg_replace('/[\'"’-]/u', '', $string);
8001 // Remove dots and commas from within numbers only.
8002 $string = preg_replace('/([0-9])[.,]([0-9])/u', '$1$2', $string);
8004 return count(preg_split('/\w\b/u', $string)) - 1;
8008 * Count letters in a string.
8010 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
8012 * @category string
8013 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters.
8014 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
8016 function count_letters($string) {
8017 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
8018 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.
8020 return core_text::strlen($string);
8024 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
8026 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
8027 * @return string
8029 function random_string($length=15) {
8030 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
8031 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
8032 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
8033 $pool .= '0123456789';
8034 $poollen = strlen($pool);
8035 $string = '';
8036 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
8037 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
8038 $string .= substr($pool, ($rand%($poollen)), 1);
8040 return $string;
8044 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
8046 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
8047 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
8049 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
8050 * @return string
8052 function complex_random_string($length=null) {
8053 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
8054 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
8055 $poollen = strlen($pool);
8056 if ($length===null) {
8057 $length = floor(rand(24, 32));
8059 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
8060 $string = '';
8061 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) {
8062 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
8063 $string .= $pool[($rand%$poollen)];
8065 return $string;
8069 * Try to generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes.
8071 * Note this is achieved by fallbacking between:
8072 * - PHP 7 random_bytes().
8073 * - OpenSSL openssl_random_pseudo_bytes().
8074 * - In house random generator getting its entropy from various, hard to guess, pseudo-random sources.
8076 * @param int $length requested length in bytes
8077 * @return string binary data
8079 function random_bytes_emulate($length) {
8080 global $CFG;
8081 if ($length <= 0) {
8082 debugging('Invalid random bytes length', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
8083 return '';
8085 if (function_exists('random_bytes')) {
8086 // Use PHP 7 goodness.
8087 $hash = @random_bytes($length);
8088 if ($hash !== false) {
8089 return $hash;
8092 if (function_exists('openssl_random_pseudo_bytes')) {
8093 // If you have the openssl extension enabled.
8094 $hash = openssl_random_pseudo_bytes($length);
8095 if ($hash !== false) {
8096 return $hash;
8100 // Bad luck, there is no reliable random generator, let's just slowly hash some unique stuff that is hard to guess.
8101 $staticdata = serialize($CFG) . serialize($_SERVER);
8102 $hash = '';
8103 do {
8104 $hash .= sha1($staticdata . microtime(true) . uniqid('', true), true);
8105 } while (strlen($hash) < $length);
8107 return substr($hash, 0, $length);
8111 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
8112 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
8114 * @category string
8115 * @param string $text text to be shortened
8116 * @param int $ideal ideal string length
8117 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
8118 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
8119 * @return string $truncate shortened string
8121 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
8122 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
8123 if (core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
8124 return $text;
8127 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
8128 // and only tag in its 'line'.
8129 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER);
8131 $totallength = core_text::strlen($ending);
8132 $truncate = '';
8134 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
8135 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
8136 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
8137 // (byte position in truncated text).
8138 $tagdetails = array();
8140 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
8141 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
8142 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
8143 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
8144 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
8145 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8146 // Record closing tag.
8147 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8148 'open' => false,
8149 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8150 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8153 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8154 // Record opening tag.
8155 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8156 'open' => true,
8157 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8158 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8160 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--\[if\s.*?\]>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8161 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8162 'open' => true,
8163 'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'),
8164 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8166 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--<!\[endif\]-->$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8167 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8168 'open' => false,
8169 'tag' => core_text::strtolower('if'),
8170 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate),
8174 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
8175 $truncate .= $linematchings[1];
8178 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
8179 $contentlength = core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
8180 if ($totallength + $contentlength > $ideal) {
8181 // The number of characters which are left.
8182 $left = $ideal - $totallength;
8183 $entitieslength = 0;
8184 // Search for html entities.
8185 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE)) {
8186 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
8187 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
8188 if ($entity[1]+1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
8189 $left--;
8190 $entitieslength += core_text::strlen($entity[0]);
8191 } else {
8192 // No more characters left.
8193 break;
8197 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
8199 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
8200 if (!$exact) {
8201 // Search the last occurence of a space.
8202 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
8203 if ($char = core_text::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
8204 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
8205 $breakpos += 1;
8206 break;
8207 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
8208 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
8209 $breakpos += 1;
8210 break;
8215 if ($breakpos == 0) {
8216 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
8217 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
8218 } else if ($breakpos > $left + $entitieslength) {
8219 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
8220 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength;
8223 $truncate .= core_text::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
8224 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
8225 break;
8226 } else {
8227 $truncate .= $linematchings[2];
8228 $totallength += $contentlength;
8231 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
8232 if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
8233 break;
8237 // Add the defined ending to the text.
8238 $truncate .= $ending;
8240 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
8241 $opentags = array();
8242 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
8243 if ($taginfo->open) {
8244 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
8245 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag);
8246 } else {
8247 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
8248 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag, array_reverse($opentags, true));
8249 if ($pos !== false) {
8250 unset($opentags[$pos]);
8255 // Close all unclosed html-tags.
8256 foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
8257 if ($tag === 'if') {
8258 $truncate .= '<!--<![endif]-->';
8259 } else {
8260 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
8264 return $truncate;
8268 * Shortens a given filename by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
8269 * When the filename is too long, the file cannot be created on the filesystem due to exceeding max byte size.
8270 * Limiting the filename to a certain size (considering multibyte characters) will prevent this.
8272 * @param string $filename file name
8273 * @param int $length ideal string length
8274 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
8275 * @return string $shortened shortened file name
8277 function shorten_filename($filename, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) {
8278 $shortened = $filename;
8279 // Extract a part of the filename if it's char size exceeds the ideal string length.
8280 if (core_text::strlen($filename) > $length) {
8281 // Exclude extension if present in filename.
8282 $mimetypes = get_mimetypes_array();
8283 $extension = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_EXTENSION);
8284 if ($extension && !empty($mimetypes[$extension])) {
8285 $basename = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_FILENAME);
8286 $hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($basename), 0, 10);
8287 $shortened = core_text::substr($basename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
8288 $shortened .= '.' . $extension;
8289 } else {
8290 $hash = empty($includehash) ? '' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($filename), 0, 10);
8291 $shortened = core_text::substr($filename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
8294 return $shortened;
8298 * Shortens a given array of filenames by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
8300 * @param array $path The paths to reduce the length.
8301 * @param int $length Ideal string length
8302 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
8303 * @return array $result Shortened paths in array.
8305 function shorten_filenames(array $path, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE, $includehash = false) {
8306 $result = null;
8308 $result = array_reduce($path, function($carry, $singlepath) use ($length, $includehash) {
8309 $carry[] = shorten_filename($singlepath, $length, $includehash);
8310 return $carry;
8311 }, []);
8313 return $result;
8317 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
8318 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
8320 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
8321 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
8322 * @return string
8324 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
8325 if ($thedate < $startdate) {
8326 return 0;
8329 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS) + 1;
8333 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by
8335 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
8336 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
8338 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated.
8339 * @return string
8341 function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
8342 global $CFG;
8344 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) {
8345 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
8346 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist);
8347 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8348 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8349 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
8350 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
8351 } else {
8352 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength) ? $CFG->minpasswordlength : 0;
8353 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits;
8354 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower;
8355 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper;
8356 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum;
8357 $total = $lower + $upper + $digits + $nonalphanum;
8358 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
8359 $minlen = $minlen < $total ? $total : $minlen;
8360 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
8361 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ? $minlen : $maxlen;
8362 $additional = $maxlen - $total;
8364 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
8365 // complexity requirements.
8366 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS;
8367 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
8368 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS;
8370 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER;
8371 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
8372 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER;
8374 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER;
8375 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
8376 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER;
8378 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
8379 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
8380 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM;
8383 // Now mix and shuffle it all.
8384 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
8385 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
8386 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
8387 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
8388 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
8389 $passwordupper .
8390 $passworddigits .
8391 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
8394 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
8398 * Given a float, prints it nicely.
8399 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
8401 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
8402 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
8403 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
8404 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
8406 * @param float $float The float to print
8407 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print.
8408 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
8409 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point
8410 * @return string locale float
8412 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
8413 if (is_null($float)) {
8414 return '';
8416 if ($localized) {
8417 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
8418 } else {
8419 $separator = '.';
8421 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
8422 if ($stripzeros) {
8423 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
8424 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator) . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
8426 return $result;
8430 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
8431 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
8433 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
8434 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
8435 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
8437 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
8438 $localefloat = trim($localefloat);
8440 if ($localefloat == '') {
8441 return null;
8444 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
8445 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);
8447 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
8448 return false;
8451 return (float)$localefloat;
8455 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
8456 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
8458 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged
8459 * @return array
8461 function swapshuffle($array) {
8463 $last = count($array) - 1;
8464 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++) {
8465 $from = rand(0, $last);
8466 $curr = $array[$i];
8467 $array[$i] = $array[$from];
8468 $array[$from] = $curr;
8470 return $array;
8474 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
8476 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
8477 * @return array
8479 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {
8481 $newarray = array();
8482 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));
8484 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
8485 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
8487 return $newarray;
8491 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
8492 * this function returns an array with that amount
8493 * of items. The indexes are retained.
8495 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8497 * @param array $array
8498 * @param int $draws
8499 * @return array
8501 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {
8503 $return = array();
8505 $last = count($array);
8507 if ($draws > $last) {
8508 $draws = $last;
8511 while ($draws > 0) {
8512 $last--;
8514 $keys = array_keys($array);
8515 $rand = rand(0, $last);
8517 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
8518 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);
8520 $draws--;
8523 return $return;
8527 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes
8529 * @param string $a The first Microtime
8530 * @param string $b The second Microtime
8531 * @return string
8533 function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
8534 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
8535 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
8536 return $bsec - $asec + $bdec - $adec;
8540 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
8541 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
8543 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
8544 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
8545 * @return array The now assembled array
8547 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {
8549 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
8550 foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
8551 $outarray[$key+1] = trim($item);
8553 return $outarray;
8557 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
8558 * can be chosen using the given grading type.
8560 * Negative numbers
8561 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
8562 * grades.
8564 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
8566 * @param int $gradingtype
8567 * @return array
8569 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
8570 global $DB;
8572 $grades = array();
8573 if ($gradingtype < 0) {
8574 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
8575 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale);
8577 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
8578 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
8579 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
8581 return $grades;
8583 return $grades;
8587 * make_unique_id_code
8589 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8591 * @uses $_SERVER
8592 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
8593 * @return string
8595 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {
8597 $hostname = 'unknownhost';
8598 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8599 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
8600 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8601 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
8602 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8603 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
8604 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8605 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
8608 $date = gmdate("ymdHis");
8610 $random = random_string(6);
8612 if ($extra) {
8613 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
8614 } else {
8615 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
8621 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
8623 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
8624 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
8625 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask)
8626 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
8627 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
8628 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
8629 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
8631 * @param string $addr The address you are checking
8632 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
8633 * @return bool
8635 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr) {
8637 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0') {
8638 return false;
8640 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
8641 $found = false;
8642 $addr = trim($addr);
8643 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
8644 if ($addr === null) {
8645 return false;
8647 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr);
8649 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');
8651 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
8652 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8653 if ($subnet === '') {
8654 continue;
8657 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
8658 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
8659 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
8660 $mask = trim($mask);
8661 if (!is_number($mask)) {
8662 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
8664 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
8665 if ($ip === null) {
8666 continue;
8668 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
8669 // IPv6.
8670 if (!$ipv6) {
8671 continue;
8673 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
8674 continue; // Nonsense.
8676 if ($mask == 0) {
8677 return true; // Any address.
8679 if ($mask == 128) {
8680 if ($ip === $addr) {
8681 return true;
8683 continue;
8685 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
8686 $modulo = $mask % 16;
8687 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8688 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8689 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
8690 if ($modulo == 0) {
8691 return true;
8693 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
8694 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
8695 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
8696 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
8697 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
8698 return true;
8702 } else {
8703 // IPv4.
8704 if ($ipv6) {
8705 continue;
8707 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
8708 continue; // Nonsense.
8710 if ($mask == 0) {
8711 return true;
8713 if ($mask == 32) {
8714 if ($ip === $addr) {
8715 return true;
8717 continue;
8719 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
8720 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
8721 return true;
8725 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
8726 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
8727 $parts = explode('-', $subnet);
8728 if (count($parts) != 2) {
8729 continue;
8732 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8733 // IPv6.
8734 if (!$ipv6) {
8735 continue;
8737 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8738 if ($ipstart === null) {
8739 continue;
8741 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
8742 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
8743 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
8744 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8745 if ($ipend === null) {
8746 continue;
8748 $ipparts[7] = '';
8749 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
8750 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
8751 continue;
8753 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
8754 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);
8756 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);
8758 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
8759 return true;
8762 } else {
8763 // IPv4.
8764 if ($ipv6) {
8765 continue;
8767 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8768 if ($ipstart === null) {
8769 continue;
8771 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
8772 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
8773 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8774 if ($ipend === null) {
8775 continue;
8778 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
8779 return true;
8783 } else {
8784 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
8785 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8786 // IPv6.
8787 if (!$ipv6) {
8788 continue;
8790 $parts = explode(':', $subnet);
8791 $count = count($parts);
8792 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8793 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
8794 $count--;
8795 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8797 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8798 if ($isip !== null) {
8799 if ($isip === $addr) {
8800 return true;
8802 continue;
8803 } else if ($count > 8) {
8804 continue;
8806 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
8807 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
8808 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8809 return true;
8812 } else {
8813 // IPv4.
8814 if ($ipv6) {
8815 continue;
8817 $parts = explode('.', $subnet);
8818 $count = count($parts);
8819 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8820 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
8821 $count--;
8822 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8824 if ($count == 4) {
8825 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8826 if ($subnet === $addr) {
8827 return true;
8829 continue;
8830 } else if ($count > 4) {
8831 continue;
8833 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
8834 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
8835 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8836 return true;
8842 return false;
8846 * For outputting debugging info
8848 * @param string $string The string to write
8849 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
8850 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
8851 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
8853 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
8854 global $CFG;
8856 if (isset($CFG->mtrace_wrapper) && function_exists($CFG->mtrace_wrapper)) {
8857 $fn = $CFG->mtrace_wrapper;
8858 $fn($string, $eol);
8859 return;
8860 } else if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST && !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
8861 fwrite(STDOUT, $string.$eol);
8862 } else {
8863 echo $string . $eol;
8866 flush();
8868 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
8869 if ($sleep) {
8870 sleep($sleep);
8875 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
8877 * @param string $path The path to strip
8878 * @return string the path with double slashes removed
8880 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
8881 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
8885 * Is current ip in give list?
8887 * @param string $list
8888 * @return bool
8890 function remoteip_in_list($list) {
8891 $inlist = false;
8892 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null);
8894 if (!$clientip) {
8895 // Ensure access on cli.
8896 return true;
8899 $list = explode("\n", $list);
8900 foreach ($list as $subnet) {
8901 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8902 if (address_in_subnet($clientip, $subnet)) {
8903 $inlist = true;
8904 break;
8907 return $inlist;
8911 * Returns most reliable client address
8913 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
8914 * @return string The remote IP address
8916 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
8917 global $CFG;
8919 if (empty($CFG->getremoteaddrconf)) {
8920 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
8921 // user is redirected to the admin screen.
8922 $variablestoskip = 0;
8923 } else {
8924 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf;
8926 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP)) {
8927 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
8928 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
8929 return $address ? $address : $default;
8932 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR)) {
8933 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
8934 $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);
8935 $address = $forwardedaddresses[0];
8937 if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) {
8938 // Remove port and brackets from IPv6.
8939 if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) {
8940 $address = $matches[1];
8942 } else {
8943 // Remove port from IPv4.
8944 if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) {
8945 $parts = explode(":", $address);
8946 $address = $parts[0];
8950 $address = cleanremoteaddr($address);
8951 return $address ? $address : $default;
8954 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
8955 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
8956 return $address ? $address : $default;
8957 } else {
8958 return $default;
8963 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
8964 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
8966 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
8967 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
8968 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
8970 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
8971 $addr = trim($addr);
8973 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
8974 // Can be only IPv6.
8975 $parts = explode(':', $addr);
8976 $count = count($parts);
8978 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
8979 // Legacy ipv4 notation.
8980 $last = array_pop($parts);
8981 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
8982 if ($ipv4 === null) {
8983 return null;
8985 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
8986 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
8987 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
8988 $count = count($parts);
8989 $addr = implode(':', $parts);
8992 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
8993 return null; // Severly malformed.
8996 if ($count != 8) {
8997 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
8998 return null; // Malformed.
9000 // Uncompress.
9001 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
9002 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 + 8 - $count, '0');
9003 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
9004 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
9005 if ($part === '') {
9006 $parts[$key] = '0';
9011 $adr = implode(':', $parts);
9012 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
9013 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
9016 // Normalise 0s and case.
9017 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
9018 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);
9020 $result = implode(':', $parts);
9022 if (!$compress) {
9023 return $result;
9026 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
9027 return '::'; // All addresses.
9030 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
9031 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9032 return $compressed;
9035 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
9036 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9037 return $compressed;
9040 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
9041 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9042 return $compressed;
9045 return $result;
9048 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
9049 $parts = array();
9050 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
9051 return null;
9053 unset($parts[0]);
9055 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
9056 if ($match > 255) {
9057 return null;
9059 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
9062 return implode('.', $parts);
9067 * Is IP address a public address?
9069 * @param string $ip The ip to check
9070 * @return bool true if the ip is public
9072 function ip_is_public($ip) {
9073 return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE));
9077 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
9078 * regardless of whether it's an object or not.
9080 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
9081 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
9083 function fullclone($thing) {
9084 return unserialize(serialize($thing));
9088 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
9090 * Make sure that value is between min, and max
9092 * @param int $min The minimum value
9093 * @param int $value The value to check
9094 * @param int $max The maximum value
9095 * @return int
9097 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
9098 if ($value < $min) {
9099 return $min;
9101 if ($value > $max) {
9102 return $max;
9104 return $value;
9108 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
9110 * @param array $array
9111 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
9113 function array_is_nested($array) {
9114 foreach ($array as $value) {
9115 if (is_array($value)) {
9116 return true;
9119 return false;
9123 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
9124 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
9125 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
9126 * separately as well.
9128 * @return array
9130 function get_performance_info() {
9131 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;
9133 $info = array();
9134 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.
9136 $info['html'] = '';
9137 if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode)) {
9138 // Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on.
9139 $info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>';
9141 $info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled m-l-1 row">'; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.
9143 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime, microtime());
9145 $info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused col-sm-4">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> ';
9146 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';
9148 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
9149 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
9150 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory;
9151 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> ';
9152 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
9153 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
9156 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
9157 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
9158 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> ';
9159 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
9162 $info['html'] .= '</ul><ul class="list-unstyled m-l-1 row">';
9163 $inc = get_included_files();
9164 $info['includecount'] = count($inc);
9165 $info['html'] .= '<li class="included col-sm-4">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> ';
9166 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';
9168 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang) or empty($PAGE)) {
9169 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
9170 return $info;
9173 $filtermanager = filter_manager::instance();
9174 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9175 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
9176 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9177 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9178 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9179 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9183 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
9184 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9185 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
9186 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9187 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9188 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9189 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9193 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites)) {
9194 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites;
9195 $info['html'] .= '<li class="logwrites col-sm-4">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</li> ';
9196 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' ';
9199 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites);
9200 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> ';
9201 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';
9203 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
9204 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime col-sm-4">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> ';
9205 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';
9207 if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
9208 $ptimes = posix_times();
9209 if (is_array($ptimes)) {
9210 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
9211 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes[$key];
9213 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes col-sm-4\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime]";
9214 $info['html'] .= "sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> ";
9215 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
9219 // Grab the load average for the last minute.
9220 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations
9221 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
9222 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file('/proc/loadavg')) {
9223 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
9224 unset($loadavg);
9225 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) {
9226 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
9227 $serverload = $matches[1];
9228 } else {
9229 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
9232 if (!empty($serverload)) {
9233 $info['serverload'] = $serverload;
9234 $info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload col-sm-4">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> ';
9235 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
9238 // Display size of session if session started.
9239 if ($si = \core\session\manager::get_performance_info()) {
9240 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
9241 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"serverload col-sm-4\">" . $si['html'] . "</li>";
9242 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
9245 $info['html'] .= '</ul>';
9246 if ($stats = cache_helper::get_stats()) {
9247 $html = '<ul class="cachesused list-unstyled m-l-1 row">';
9248 $html .= '<li class="cache-stats-heading font-weight-bold">Caches used (hits/misses/sets)</li>';
9249 $html .= '</ul><ul class="cachesused list-unstyled m-l-1">';
9250 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
9251 $hits = 0;
9252 $misses = 0;
9253 $sets = 0;
9254 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
9255 switch ($details['mode']) {
9256 case cache_store::MODE_APPLICATION:
9257 $modeclass = 'application';
9258 $mode = ' <span title="application cache">[a]</span>';
9259 break;
9260 case cache_store::MODE_SESSION:
9261 $modeclass = 'session';
9262 $mode = ' <span title="session cache">[s]</span>';
9263 break;
9264 case cache_store::MODE_REQUEST:
9265 $modeclass = 'request';
9266 $mode = ' <span title="request cache">[r]</span>';
9267 break;
9269 $html .= '<ul class="cache-definition-stats list-unstyled m-l-1 m-b-1 cache-mode-'.$modeclass.' card d-inline-block">';
9270 $html .= '<li class="cache-definition-stats-heading p-t-1 card-header bg-dark bg-inverse font-weight-bold">' .
9271 $definition . $mode.'</li>';
9272 $text .= "$definition {";
9273 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
9274 $hits += $data['hits'];
9275 $misses += $data['misses'];
9276 $sets += $data['sets'];
9277 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
9278 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits text-danger';
9279 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
9280 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits text-warning';
9281 } else {
9282 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits text-success';
9284 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
9285 $html .= "<li class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass p-x-1\">" .
9286 "$store: $data[hits] / $data[misses] / $data[sets]</li>";
9287 // This makes boxes of same sizes.
9288 if (count($details['stores']) == 1) {
9289 $html .= "<li class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass p-x-1\">&nbsp;</li>";
9292 $html .= '</ul>';
9293 $text .= '} ';
9295 $html .= '</ul> ';
9296 $html .= "<div class='cache-total-stats row'>Total: $hits / $misses / $sets</div>";
9297 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
9298 $info['html'] .= $html;
9299 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
9300 } else {
9301 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
9302 $info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>';
9303 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
9306 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo container-fluid">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
9307 return $info;
9311 * Delete directory or only its content
9313 * @param string $dir directory path
9314 * @param bool $contentonly
9315 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
9317 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
9318 if (!file_exists($dir)) {
9319 // Nothing to do.
9320 return true;
9322 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
9323 return false;
9325 $result = true;
9326 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
9327 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
9328 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
9329 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9330 } else {
9331 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9335 closedir($handle);
9336 if ($contentonly) {
9337 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9338 return $result;
9340 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
9341 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9342 return $result;
9346 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
9347 * will take an actual object or the name of a class
9349 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
9350 * @param string $property name of property to find
9351 * @return bool true if property exists
9353 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
9354 if (is_string( $obj )) {
9355 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
9356 } else {
9357 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
9359 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
9363 * Converts an object into an associative array
9365 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
9366 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
9367 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
9368 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
9370 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
9371 * and return all available properties in getIterator()
9373 * @param mixed $var
9374 * @return array
9376 function convert_to_array($var) {
9377 $result = array();
9379 // Loop over elements/properties.
9380 foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
9381 // Recursively convert objects.
9382 if (is_object($value) || is_array($value)) {
9383 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
9384 } else {
9385 // Simple values are untouched.
9386 $result[$key] = $value;
9389 return $result;
9393 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
9394 * replace an existing moodle script
9396 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
9398 function custom_script_path() {
9399 global $CFG, $SCRIPT;
9401 if ($SCRIPT === null) {
9402 // Probably some weird external script.
9403 return false;
9406 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts . $SCRIPT;
9408 // Check the custom script exists.
9409 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
9410 return $scriptpath;
9411 } else {
9412 return false;
9417 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
9418 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
9420 * @param object $user A valid user object
9421 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
9423 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
9424 global $CFG;
9426 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) {
9427 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
9428 $env = new mnet_environment();
9429 $env->init();
9430 unset($env);
9433 return (!empty($user->mnethostid) && $user->mnethostid != $CFG->mnet_localhost_id);
9437 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
9438 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
9440 function setup_lang_from_browser() {
9441 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
9443 if (!empty($SESSION->lang) or !empty($USER->lang) or empty($CFG->autolang)) {
9444 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
9445 return;
9448 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
9449 return;
9452 // Extract and clean langs from headers.
9453 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
9454 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores.
9455 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array.
9456 $langs = array();
9458 $order = 1.0;
9459 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
9460 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
9461 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
9462 $order = $order-0.01;
9463 } else {
9464 $parts = explode(';', $lang);
9465 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
9466 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+1)] = $parts[0];
9469 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC);
9471 // Look for such langs under standard locations.
9472 foreach ($langs as $lang) {
9473 // Clean it properly for include.
9474 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR));
9475 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
9476 // Lang exists, set it in session.
9477 $SESSION->lang = $lang;
9478 // We have finished. Go out.
9479 break;
9482 return;
9486 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
9488 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
9490 * @param string $url url to check
9491 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
9493 function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
9494 global $CFG;
9496 // Sanity check.
9497 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost) or empty($CFG->proxybypass)) {
9498 return false;
9501 // Get the host part out of the url.
9502 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST )) {
9503 return false;
9506 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
9507 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass );
9509 // Check for a match.
9510 // (IPs need to match the left hand side and hosts the right of the url,
9511 // but we can recklessly check both as there can't be a false +ve).
9512 foreach ($matches as $match) {
9513 $match = trim($match);
9515 // Try for IP match (Left side).
9516 $lhs = substr($host, 0, strlen($match));
9517 if (strcasecmp($match, $lhs)==0) {
9518 return true;
9521 // Try for host match (Right side).
9522 $rhs = substr($host, -strlen($match));
9523 if (strcasecmp($match, $rhs)==0) {
9524 return true;
9528 // Nothing matched.
9529 return false;
9533 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
9535 * @param mixed $navigation
9536 * @return bool true for yes false for no
9538 function is_newnav($navigation) {
9539 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
9540 return true;
9541 } else {
9542 return false;
9547 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
9549 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
9551 * @param string $var The variable name
9552 * @param object $object The object to check
9553 * @return boolean
9555 function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
9556 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
9557 $classvars = array_keys($classvars);
9558 return in_array($var, $classvars);
9562 * Returns an array without repeated objects.
9563 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
9565 * @param array $array
9566 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc
9567 * @return array
9569 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
9570 $duplicatekeys = array();
9571 $tmp = array();
9573 foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
9574 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
9575 if (is_object($val)) {
9576 $val = (array)$val;
9579 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
9580 $tmp[] = $val;
9581 } else {
9582 $duplicatekeys[] = $key;
9586 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
9587 unset($array[$key]);
9590 return $keepkeyassoc ? $array : array_values($array);
9594 * Is a userid the primary administrator?
9596 * @param int $userid int id of user to check
9597 * @return boolean
9599 function is_primary_admin($userid) {
9600 $primaryadmin = get_admin();
9602 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id) {
9603 return true;
9604 } else {
9605 return false;
9610 * Returns the site identifier
9612 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
9614 function get_site_identifier() {
9615 global $CFG;
9616 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
9617 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier)) {
9618 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
9620 // Return it.
9621 return $CFG->siteidentifier;
9625 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
9626 * number of consecutive identical characters.
9628 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy
9629 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters
9630 * @return bool
9632 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {
9634 if ($maxchars < 1) {
9635 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
9637 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
9638 return true; // Too short to fail this test.
9641 $previouschar = '';
9642 $consecutivecount = 1;
9643 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
9644 if ($char != $previouschar) {
9645 $consecutivecount = 1;
9646 } else {
9647 $consecutivecount++;
9648 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
9649 return false; // Check failed already.
9653 $previouschar = $char;
9656 return true;
9660 * Helper function to do partial function binding.
9661 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
9662 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
9663 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
9665 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
9666 * or
9667 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9668 * or even
9669 * $obj = new someclass();
9670 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9672 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
9674 * @param mixed $function a php callback
9675 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
9676 * @return array Array callback
9678 function partial() {
9679 if (!class_exists('partial')) {
9681 * Used to manage function binding.
9682 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach
9683 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9685 class partial{
9686 /** @var array */
9687 public $values = array();
9688 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
9689 public $func;
9691 * Constructor
9692 * @param string $func
9693 * @param array $args
9695 public function __construct($func, $args) {
9696 $this->values = $args;
9697 $this->func = $func;
9700 * Calls the callback function.
9701 * @return mixed
9703 public function method() {
9704 $args = func_get_args();
9705 return call_user_func_array($this->func, array_merge($this->values, $args));
9709 $args = func_get_args();
9710 $func = array_shift($args);
9711 $p = new partial($func, $args);
9712 return array($p, 'method');
9716 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
9717 * this must be called before you use mnet functions.
9719 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
9721 function get_mnet_environment() {
9722 global $CFG;
9723 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php');
9724 static $instance = null;
9725 if (empty($instance)) {
9726 $instance = new mnet_environment();
9727 $instance->init();
9729 return $instance;
9733 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
9734 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
9736 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
9738 function get_mnet_remote_client() {
9739 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9740 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
9741 return false;
9743 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9744 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
9745 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9747 return false;
9751 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
9752 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
9754 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
9755 * @throws moodle_exception
9757 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
9758 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9759 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
9761 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9762 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
9766 * return the jump url for a given remote user
9767 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
9769 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
9771 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
9772 global $CFG;
9774 static $mnetjumps = array();
9775 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid, $mnetjumps)) {
9776 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid);
9777 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid);
9778 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid] = $idp->wwwroot . $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot . '&wantsurl=';
9780 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid];
9784 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user
9786 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
9788 function get_home_page() {
9789 global $CFG;
9791 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage)) {
9792 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) {
9793 return HOMEPAGE_MY;
9794 } else {
9795 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY);
9798 return HOMEPAGE_SITE;
9802 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
9803 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
9804 * result of this function should be passed through print_string.
9805 * @param stdClass|course_in_list $course Moodle course object
9806 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
9808 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
9809 global $CFG;
9810 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames)) {
9811 if (!($course instanceof stdClass)) {
9812 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
9814 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
9815 } else {
9816 return $course->fullname;
9821 * Safe analogue of unserialize() that can only parse arrays
9823 * Arrays may contain only integers or strings as both keys and values. Nested arrays are allowed.
9824 * Note: If any string (key or value) has semicolon (;) as part of the string parsing will fail.
9825 * This is a simple method to substitute unnecessary unserialize() in code and not intended to cover all possible cases.
9827 * @param string $expression
9828 * @return array|bool either parsed array or false if parsing was impossible.
9830 function unserialize_array($expression) {
9831 $subs = [];
9832 // Find nested arrays, parse them and store in $subs , substitute with special string.
9833 while (preg_match('/([\^;\}])(a:\d+:\{[^\{\}]*\})/', $expression, $matches) && strlen($matches[2]) < strlen($expression)) {
9834 $key = '--SUB' . count($subs) . '--';
9835 $subs[$key] = unserialize_array($matches[2]);
9836 if ($subs[$key] === false) {
9837 return false;
9839 $expression = str_replace($matches[2], $key . ';', $expression);
9842 // Check the expression is an array.
9843 if (!preg_match('/^a:(\d+):\{([^\}]*)\}$/', $expression, $matches1)) {
9844 return false;
9846 // Get the size and elements of an array (key;value;key;value;....).
9847 $parts = explode(';', $matches1[2]);
9848 $size = intval($matches1[1]);
9849 if (count($parts) < $size * 2 + 1) {
9850 return false;
9852 // Analyze each part and make sure it is an integer or string or a substitute.
9853 $value = [];
9854 for ($i = 0; $i < $size * 2; $i++) {
9855 if (preg_match('/^i:(\d+)$/', $parts[$i], $matches2)) {
9856 $parts[$i] = (int)$matches2[1];
9857 } else if (preg_match('/^s:(\d+):"(.*)"$/', $parts[$i], $matches3) && strlen($matches3[2]) == (int)$matches3[1]) {
9858 $parts[$i] = $matches3[2];
9859 } else if (preg_match('/^--SUB\d+--$/', $parts[$i])) {
9860 $parts[$i] = $subs[$parts[$i]];
9861 } else {
9862 return false;
9865 // Combine keys and values.
9866 for ($i = 0; $i < $size * 2; $i += 2) {
9867 $value[$parts[$i]] = $parts[$i+1];
9869 return $value;
9873 * The lang_string class
9875 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
9876 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
9877 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
9878 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
9879 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
9880 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
9881 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
9882 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
9884 * How to use the lang_string class?
9885 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
9886 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
9887 * The following are examples of both.
9888 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
9889 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
9890 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
9891 * 2. Direct instantiation
9892 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
9893 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9895 * How do I use a lang_string object?
9896 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
9897 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
9898 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
9899 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
9900 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
9901 * lang_strings out method e.g.
9902 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9903 * $string->out();
9904 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
9905 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
9907 * When should I use a lang_string object?
9908 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
9909 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
9910 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
9911 * used.
9912 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
9913 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
9914 * what they will do ;))
9916 * When should I not use a lang_string object?
9917 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
9918 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
9919 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
9920 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
9921 * that.
9923 * Limitations:
9924 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
9925 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
9927 * @package core
9928 * @category string
9929 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk
9930 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9932 class lang_string {
9934 /** @var string The strings identifier */
9935 protected $identifier;
9936 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
9937 protected $component = '';
9938 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
9939 protected $a = null;
9940 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
9941 protected $lang = null;
9943 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
9944 protected $string = null;
9947 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
9948 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
9949 * @var bool
9951 protected $forcedstring = false;
9954 * Constructs a lang_string object
9956 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
9957 * performance for strings that won't be used.
9959 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier
9960 * @param string $component The strings component
9961 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires
9962 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
9963 * @throws coding_exception
9965 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
9966 if (empty($component)) {
9967 $component = 'moodle';
9970 $this->identifier = $identifier;
9971 $this->component = $component;
9972 $this->lang = $lang;
9974 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
9975 // changes are not carried across.
9976 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
9977 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
9978 if (!empty($a)) {
9979 if (is_scalar($a)) {
9980 $this->a = $a;
9981 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string) {
9982 $this->a = $a->out();
9983 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
9984 $a = (array)$a;
9985 $this->a = array();
9986 foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
9987 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
9988 if (is_array($value)) {
9989 $this->a[$key] = '';
9990 } else if (is_object($value)) {
9991 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
9992 $this->a[$key] = $value->__toString();
9993 } else {
9994 $this->a[$key] = '';
9996 } else {
9997 $this->a[$key] = (string)$value;
10003 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER)) {
10004 if (clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) == '') {
10005 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
10007 if (!empty($this->component) && clean_param($this->component, PARAM_COMPONENT) == '') {
10008 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
10010 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier, $this->component)) {
10011 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier.'/'.$this->component, DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
10017 * Processes the string.
10019 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
10020 * and then returns it.
10021 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
10022 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
10023 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
10024 * compatibility.
10026 * @return string
10027 * @throws coding_exception
10029 protected function get_string() {
10030 global $CFG;
10032 // Check if we need to process the string.
10033 if ($this->string === null) {
10034 // Check the quality of the identifier.
10035 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') {
10036 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
10039 // Process the string.
10040 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $this->lang);
10041 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
10042 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) {
10043 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier . '/' . $this->component . '}';
10046 // Return the string.
10047 return $this->string;
10051 * Returns the string
10053 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
10054 * @return string
10056 public function out($lang = null) {
10057 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang && ($this->lang == null && $lang != current_language())) {
10058 if ($this->forcedstring) {
10059 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER);
10060 return $this->get_string();
10062 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $lang);
10063 return $translatedstring->out();
10065 return $this->get_string();
10069 * Magic __toString method for printing a string
10071 * @return string
10073 public function __toString() {
10074 return $this->get_string();
10078 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export
10080 * @return string
10082 public function __set_state() {
10083 return $this->get_string();
10087 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
10088 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
10089 * it is generated for this.
10091 * @return string
10093 public function __sleep() {
10094 $this->get_string();
10095 $this->forcedstring = true;
10096 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');
10100 * Returns the identifier.
10102 * @return string
10104 public function get_identifier() {
10105 return $this->identifier;
10109 * Returns the component.
10111 * @return string
10113 public function get_component() {
10114 return $this->component;